Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

a place at the extremity of the

  • 1 prima

    prīmus, a, um, adj. sup. [obsol. prep. pri (prei); whence also prior, priscus; cf.: privus, privo, etc., and v. pro], the first, first (properly only when three or more are referred to. The first, as opp. to the second, is prior;

    but primus is rarely used for prior,

    Cic. Sest. 19, 44 al.).
    I.
    In gen.:

    qui primus vulnus dicitur obligavisse,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 22, 57:

    primus sentio mala nostra: primus rescisco omnia: Primus porro obnuntio,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 7:

    verum primum: verum igitur et extremum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 6, 27:

    primae litterae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 5:

    primus inter homines nobilissimos,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    primi ex omnibus philosophis,

    id. Fin. 4, 7, 17:

    primus Graeciae in Thraciam introiit,

    Nep. Alcib. 7, 4:

    primus de mille fuisses,

    Ov. H. 17, 105:

    in primis,

    among the first, in the foremost ranks, Nep. Paus. 5, 3:

    in primis stetit,

    id. Epam. 10, 3:

    in primis pugnantes,

    Sall. C. 60, 6: leonem primus, aut in primis ferire, id. J. 6, 1: utque pedum primis infans vestigia plantis institerat (= ut primum, etc., poet.), Verg. A. 11, 573:

    primus post eos quos poëtae tradiderunt movisse aliqua circa rhetoricen Empedocles dicitur (= secundus or proximus ab iis),

    Quint. 3, 1, 8.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In time or place, first, fore, foremost, the first part; sometimes to be translated, the end, extremity, etc.:

    in primā provinciā,

    at the entrance of the province, Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 2:

    digitus,

    the tip of the finger, Cat. 2, 3:

    dentes,

    the front teeth, Plin. 19, 2, 11, § 35:

    ranis prima lingua cohaeret,

    the end of the tongue, id. 11, 37, 65, § 172:

    primā statim nocte,

    at the beginning of the night, Col. 10, 190:

    sol,

    i. e. the rising sun, Verg. A. 6, 255:

    luna,

    i. e. the new moon, Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 56.—With quisque, the first possible, the very first:

    primo quoque tempore,

    at the very first opportunity, Cic. Fam. 13, 57, 1:

    primo quoque die,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    me tibi primum quidque concedente,

    id. Ac. 2, 16, 49:

    fluit voluptas et prima quaeque avolat,

    id. Fin. 2, 32, 106.— Subst.: prīma, ōrum, n., the first part, the beginning:

    quod bellum, si prima satis prospera fuissent,

    Liv. 8, 3.—Of the first principles or elements of things, Lucr. 4, 186:

    prima consiliorum (for prima consilia),

    Tac. H. 2, 11: a primo, from the beginning, at first:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139; Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 14; 4, 3, 37:

    in illā pro Ctesiphonte oratione submissius a primo: deinde pressius,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    suam vim retinere a primo ad extremum,

    id. Fin. 4, 13, 32:

    hoc a primo cogitavit,

    id. Att. 8, 11, 2; id. Phil. 2, 30, 75 Halm ad loc.:

    id a primo rectissime dicitur,

    id. Fin. 3, 9, 32 Madv. ad loc.: in primo, in front, before, in the beginning, first:

    equites in primo late ire jubet,

    in the van, Sall. J. 68, 4:

    qui numerus in primo viget, jacet in extremo,

    Cic. Or. 64, 215. —
    B.
    First in rank or station, chief, principal, most excellent, eminent, distinguished, noble (cf.:

    princeps, primores): evocat ad se Massiliensium quindecim primos,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 35:

    sui municipii facile primus,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    homo,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 17, § 37:

    primis urbis placuisse,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 23:

    juvenum primi,

    Verg. A. 9, 785:

    est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    quia sum apud te primus,

    I am the first in your favor, id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    primus humani generis,

    Sil. 17, 255:

    urbem Italiae primam,

    Petr. 116:

    praedium,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    suavia prima habere,

    to give the first place to, think the most of, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9:

    otium atque divitiae, quae prima mortales putant,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    cura,

    a chief part, Plin. 5, 25, 21, § 88.—Also, most conspicuous, chief, in a bad sense:

    peccatores, quorum primus ego sum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 1, 15:

    primas partes, or primas agere,

    to play the first part, to occupy the first rank, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    primas in causis agebat Hortensius,

    Cic. Brut. 90, 308; 47: primas dare, to give the first place, ascribe the greatest importance to a thing:

    actioni primas dedisse Demosthenes dicitur, cum rogaretur, quid in dicendo esset primum: huic secundas, huic tertias,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: primas deferre, to transfer the first or principal part:

    amoris erga me tibi primas defero,

    i. e. I assign to you the first rank among those who love me, id. Att. 1, 17, 5: primas concedere, to yield the first place:

    si Allienus tibi primas in dicendo partes concesserit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 49:

    primas tenere,

    to play the first part, be the best, id. Brut. 95, 327: cum primis, and in primis (also written in one word, impri-mis), with or among the first, chiefly, especially, principally, particularly:

    homo domi suae cum primis locuples,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    in primis lautus eques,

    Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    oppidum in primis Siciliae clarum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 86:

    homo in primis improbissimus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 27, §

    68: vir magnus in primis,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    in primis hoc a se animadversum esse dicebat,

    id. de Or. 3, 5, 17:

    in primis nobis sermo de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    in primis... dein,

    first, in the first place, Sall. J. 26, 3. —Hence, adv., primo and primum; also, ante- and post-class. and very rare, prime and primiter (the form primo is usually limited to that which is strictly first in time; primum in enumerations of contemporary facts, things, or arguments, where the order is at the speaker's choice; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 920 sq.).
    A. 1.
    In gen.:

    aedes primo ruere rebamur,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 42:

    neque credebam primo mihimet Sosiae,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 50; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 9, § 26:

    primo non accredidit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 4:

    Themistocles solus primo profectus est,

    id. Them. 6, 5:

    contemptus est primo a tyrannis,

    id. Thras. 2, 2; id. Ham. 2, 2.—
    2.
    With dein, deinde, inde, post, postea, mox, denique, nunc:

    primo Stoicorum more agamus, deinde nostro instituto vagabimur,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 6, 13:

    primo pecuniae, dein imperii cupido crevit,

    Sall. C. 10, 3:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 50:

    primo... deinde,

    Liv. 1, 27; Curt. 3, 12, 6; 4, 16, 21; 9, 10, 11:

    primo abstinentiā utendum: deinde danda, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 26, 34:

    primo... inde,... hinc,

    Liv. 30, 11, 6:

    haec primo paulatim crescere: post, etc.,

    Sall. C. 10, 6:

    dissuadente primo Vercingetorige, post concedente,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 15:

    primo... postea... postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 39:

    primo... mox,

    id. 1, 50:

    primo... mox deinde,

    Just. 1, 3:

    primo negitare, denique saepius fatigatus, etc.,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    neque illi credebam primo, nunc vero palam est,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 91.—
    3.
    (Mostly post-Aug. for primum.) With iterum, rursus, secundo:

    primo... iterum,

    Liv. 2, 51:

    primo... rursus,

    Suet. Aug. 17:

    primo... secundo,

    Phaedr. 4, 10, 16.—
    B. 1.
    In enumerations, with a foll. deinde, tum:

    Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium e conspectu remotis equis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    primum... deinde... deinde,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 143:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3:

    primum... deinde... praeterea... postremo,

    id. Div. 2, 56, 116:

    primum... tum... deinde... post... tum... deinde....,

    id. Fin. 5, 23, 65; id. Font. 14, 31; cf.:

    primum... secundo loco... deinde... tum,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Inv. 2, 27, 79; Curt. 3, 6, 16; 8, 10, 9; Liv. 1, 28; Nep. Them. 2, 3; id. Epam. 1, 3:

    primum... subinde,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 8, 15:

    primum... mox,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 93.—
    2.
    Without other adverbs.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    quaerenda pecunia primum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 53:

    te Quicumque primum Produxit,

    id. C. 2, 13, 2; id. S. 2, 3, 41.—
    (β).
    Strengthened with omnium, first of all, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 13:

    primum omnium ego ipse vigilo,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 9, 19.—
    3.
    With ut, ubi, simulac, cum.
    (α).
    Ut primum, ubi primum, simul ac primum, cum primum, as soon as ever, as soon as:

    ut primum potestas data est augendae dignitatis tuae, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 13, 1:

    ubi primum potuit, istum reliquit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 48:

    simul ac primum niti possunt, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 124:

    tum affuerat, cum primum dati sunt judices,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 57.—
    (β).
    Nunc primum, now first, now for the first time (cf.: nunc demum, now at last):

    post illa nunc primum audio, Quid illo sit factum,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 33.—
    (γ).
    With dum (also by Plaut. joined in one word, pri-mumdum), in the first place, first (anteclass.):

    primum dum, si falso insimulas, etc. Iterum si id verum est, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 26:

    omnium primumdum haed aedes jam face occlusae sicut,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 53; 1, 2, 39; id. Capt. 1, 2, 57:

    primum dum omnium male dictitatur tibi vulgo in sermonibus,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 61.—
    (δ).
    With adv. or other expression of time, for the first time:

    hodie primum ire in ganeum,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 37:

    quo die primum convocati su mus,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 11, 30.—
    * C.
    prīmē, es pecially: fabula prime proba, Naev. ap. Charis. p. 188 P.; cf. Prisc. p. 603 P.—
    D.
    prīmĭter, at first, first of all (ante- and post-class.): eripis primiter dapes, Pompon. ap. Non. 154, 26; Inscr. (of the beginning of the third century of Christ) Lab. Epigr. Lat. Scop. in Egitto.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > prima

  • 2 primumdum

    prīmus, a, um, adj. sup. [obsol. prep. pri (prei); whence also prior, priscus; cf.: privus, privo, etc., and v. pro], the first, first (properly only when three or more are referred to. The first, as opp. to the second, is prior;

    but primus is rarely used for prior,

    Cic. Sest. 19, 44 al.).
    I.
    In gen.:

    qui primus vulnus dicitur obligavisse,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 22, 57:

    primus sentio mala nostra: primus rescisco omnia: Primus porro obnuntio,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 7:

    verum primum: verum igitur et extremum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 6, 27:

    primae litterae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 5:

    primus inter homines nobilissimos,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    primi ex omnibus philosophis,

    id. Fin. 4, 7, 17:

    primus Graeciae in Thraciam introiit,

    Nep. Alcib. 7, 4:

    primus de mille fuisses,

    Ov. H. 17, 105:

    in primis,

    among the first, in the foremost ranks, Nep. Paus. 5, 3:

    in primis stetit,

    id. Epam. 10, 3:

    in primis pugnantes,

    Sall. C. 60, 6: leonem primus, aut in primis ferire, id. J. 6, 1: utque pedum primis infans vestigia plantis institerat (= ut primum, etc., poet.), Verg. A. 11, 573:

    primus post eos quos poëtae tradiderunt movisse aliqua circa rhetoricen Empedocles dicitur (= secundus or proximus ab iis),

    Quint. 3, 1, 8.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In time or place, first, fore, foremost, the first part; sometimes to be translated, the end, extremity, etc.:

    in primā provinciā,

    at the entrance of the province, Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 2:

    digitus,

    the tip of the finger, Cat. 2, 3:

    dentes,

    the front teeth, Plin. 19, 2, 11, § 35:

    ranis prima lingua cohaeret,

    the end of the tongue, id. 11, 37, 65, § 172:

    primā statim nocte,

    at the beginning of the night, Col. 10, 190:

    sol,

    i. e. the rising sun, Verg. A. 6, 255:

    luna,

    i. e. the new moon, Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 56.—With quisque, the first possible, the very first:

    primo quoque tempore,

    at the very first opportunity, Cic. Fam. 13, 57, 1:

    primo quoque die,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    me tibi primum quidque concedente,

    id. Ac. 2, 16, 49:

    fluit voluptas et prima quaeque avolat,

    id. Fin. 2, 32, 106.— Subst.: prīma, ōrum, n., the first part, the beginning:

    quod bellum, si prima satis prospera fuissent,

    Liv. 8, 3.—Of the first principles or elements of things, Lucr. 4, 186:

    prima consiliorum (for prima consilia),

    Tac. H. 2, 11: a primo, from the beginning, at first:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139; Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 14; 4, 3, 37:

    in illā pro Ctesiphonte oratione submissius a primo: deinde pressius,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    suam vim retinere a primo ad extremum,

    id. Fin. 4, 13, 32:

    hoc a primo cogitavit,

    id. Att. 8, 11, 2; id. Phil. 2, 30, 75 Halm ad loc.:

    id a primo rectissime dicitur,

    id. Fin. 3, 9, 32 Madv. ad loc.: in primo, in front, before, in the beginning, first:

    equites in primo late ire jubet,

    in the van, Sall. J. 68, 4:

    qui numerus in primo viget, jacet in extremo,

    Cic. Or. 64, 215. —
    B.
    First in rank or station, chief, principal, most excellent, eminent, distinguished, noble (cf.:

    princeps, primores): evocat ad se Massiliensium quindecim primos,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 35:

    sui municipii facile primus,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    homo,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 17, § 37:

    primis urbis placuisse,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 23:

    juvenum primi,

    Verg. A. 9, 785:

    est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    quia sum apud te primus,

    I am the first in your favor, id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    primus humani generis,

    Sil. 17, 255:

    urbem Italiae primam,

    Petr. 116:

    praedium,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    suavia prima habere,

    to give the first place to, think the most of, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9:

    otium atque divitiae, quae prima mortales putant,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    cura,

    a chief part, Plin. 5, 25, 21, § 88.—Also, most conspicuous, chief, in a bad sense:

    peccatores, quorum primus ego sum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 1, 15:

    primas partes, or primas agere,

    to play the first part, to occupy the first rank, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    primas in causis agebat Hortensius,

    Cic. Brut. 90, 308; 47: primas dare, to give the first place, ascribe the greatest importance to a thing:

    actioni primas dedisse Demosthenes dicitur, cum rogaretur, quid in dicendo esset primum: huic secundas, huic tertias,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: primas deferre, to transfer the first or principal part:

    amoris erga me tibi primas defero,

    i. e. I assign to you the first rank among those who love me, id. Att. 1, 17, 5: primas concedere, to yield the first place:

    si Allienus tibi primas in dicendo partes concesserit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 49:

    primas tenere,

    to play the first part, be the best, id. Brut. 95, 327: cum primis, and in primis (also written in one word, impri-mis), with or among the first, chiefly, especially, principally, particularly:

    homo domi suae cum primis locuples,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    in primis lautus eques,

    Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    oppidum in primis Siciliae clarum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 86:

    homo in primis improbissimus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 27, §

    68: vir magnus in primis,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    in primis hoc a se animadversum esse dicebat,

    id. de Or. 3, 5, 17:

    in primis nobis sermo de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    in primis... dein,

    first, in the first place, Sall. J. 26, 3. —Hence, adv., primo and primum; also, ante- and post-class. and very rare, prime and primiter (the form primo is usually limited to that which is strictly first in time; primum in enumerations of contemporary facts, things, or arguments, where the order is at the speaker's choice; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 920 sq.).
    A. 1.
    In gen.:

    aedes primo ruere rebamur,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 42:

    neque credebam primo mihimet Sosiae,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 50; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 9, § 26:

    primo non accredidit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 4:

    Themistocles solus primo profectus est,

    id. Them. 6, 5:

    contemptus est primo a tyrannis,

    id. Thras. 2, 2; id. Ham. 2, 2.—
    2.
    With dein, deinde, inde, post, postea, mox, denique, nunc:

    primo Stoicorum more agamus, deinde nostro instituto vagabimur,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 6, 13:

    primo pecuniae, dein imperii cupido crevit,

    Sall. C. 10, 3:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 50:

    primo... deinde,

    Liv. 1, 27; Curt. 3, 12, 6; 4, 16, 21; 9, 10, 11:

    primo abstinentiā utendum: deinde danda, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 26, 34:

    primo... inde,... hinc,

    Liv. 30, 11, 6:

    haec primo paulatim crescere: post, etc.,

    Sall. C. 10, 6:

    dissuadente primo Vercingetorige, post concedente,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 15:

    primo... postea... postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 39:

    primo... mox,

    id. 1, 50:

    primo... mox deinde,

    Just. 1, 3:

    primo negitare, denique saepius fatigatus, etc.,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    neque illi credebam primo, nunc vero palam est,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 91.—
    3.
    (Mostly post-Aug. for primum.) With iterum, rursus, secundo:

    primo... iterum,

    Liv. 2, 51:

    primo... rursus,

    Suet. Aug. 17:

    primo... secundo,

    Phaedr. 4, 10, 16.—
    B. 1.
    In enumerations, with a foll. deinde, tum:

    Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium e conspectu remotis equis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    primum... deinde... deinde,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 143:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3:

    primum... deinde... praeterea... postremo,

    id. Div. 2, 56, 116:

    primum... tum... deinde... post... tum... deinde....,

    id. Fin. 5, 23, 65; id. Font. 14, 31; cf.:

    primum... secundo loco... deinde... tum,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Inv. 2, 27, 79; Curt. 3, 6, 16; 8, 10, 9; Liv. 1, 28; Nep. Them. 2, 3; id. Epam. 1, 3:

    primum... subinde,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 8, 15:

    primum... mox,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 93.—
    2.
    Without other adverbs.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    quaerenda pecunia primum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 53:

    te Quicumque primum Produxit,

    id. C. 2, 13, 2; id. S. 2, 3, 41.—
    (β).
    Strengthened with omnium, first of all, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 13:

    primum omnium ego ipse vigilo,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 9, 19.—
    3.
    With ut, ubi, simulac, cum.
    (α).
    Ut primum, ubi primum, simul ac primum, cum primum, as soon as ever, as soon as:

    ut primum potestas data est augendae dignitatis tuae, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 13, 1:

    ubi primum potuit, istum reliquit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 48:

    simul ac primum niti possunt, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 124:

    tum affuerat, cum primum dati sunt judices,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 57.—
    (β).
    Nunc primum, now first, now for the first time (cf.: nunc demum, now at last):

    post illa nunc primum audio, Quid illo sit factum,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 33.—
    (γ).
    With dum (also by Plaut. joined in one word, pri-mumdum), in the first place, first (anteclass.):

    primum dum, si falso insimulas, etc. Iterum si id verum est, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 26:

    omnium primumdum haed aedes jam face occlusae sicut,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 53; 1, 2, 39; id. Capt. 1, 2, 57:

    primum dum omnium male dictitatur tibi vulgo in sermonibus,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 61.—
    (δ).
    With adv. or other expression of time, for the first time:

    hodie primum ire in ganeum,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 37:

    quo die primum convocati su mus,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 11, 30.—
    * C.
    prīmē, es pecially: fabula prime proba, Naev. ap. Charis. p. 188 P.; cf. Prisc. p. 603 P.—
    D.
    prīmĭter, at first, first of all (ante- and post-class.): eripis primiter dapes, Pompon. ap. Non. 154, 26; Inscr. (of the beginning of the third century of Christ) Lab. Epigr. Lat. Scop. in Egitto.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > primumdum

  • 3 primus

    prīmus, a, um, adj. sup. [obsol. prep. pri (prei); whence also prior, priscus; cf.: privus, privo, etc., and v. pro], the first, first (properly only when three or more are referred to. The first, as opp. to the second, is prior;

    but primus is rarely used for prior,

    Cic. Sest. 19, 44 al.).
    I.
    In gen.:

    qui primus vulnus dicitur obligavisse,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 22, 57:

    primus sentio mala nostra: primus rescisco omnia: Primus porro obnuntio,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 7:

    verum primum: verum igitur et extremum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 6, 27:

    primae litterae,

    id. Att. 9, 6, 5:

    primus inter homines nobilissimos,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    primi ex omnibus philosophis,

    id. Fin. 4, 7, 17:

    primus Graeciae in Thraciam introiit,

    Nep. Alcib. 7, 4:

    primus de mille fuisses,

    Ov. H. 17, 105:

    in primis,

    among the first, in the foremost ranks, Nep. Paus. 5, 3:

    in primis stetit,

    id. Epam. 10, 3:

    in primis pugnantes,

    Sall. C. 60, 6: leonem primus, aut in primis ferire, id. J. 6, 1: utque pedum primis infans vestigia plantis institerat (= ut primum, etc., poet.), Verg. A. 11, 573:

    primus post eos quos poëtae tradiderunt movisse aliqua circa rhetoricen Empedocles dicitur (= secundus or proximus ab iis),

    Quint. 3, 1, 8.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In time or place, first, fore, foremost, the first part; sometimes to be translated, the end, extremity, etc.:

    in primā provinciā,

    at the entrance of the province, Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 2:

    digitus,

    the tip of the finger, Cat. 2, 3:

    dentes,

    the front teeth, Plin. 19, 2, 11, § 35:

    ranis prima lingua cohaeret,

    the end of the tongue, id. 11, 37, 65, § 172:

    primā statim nocte,

    at the beginning of the night, Col. 10, 190:

    sol,

    i. e. the rising sun, Verg. A. 6, 255:

    luna,

    i. e. the new moon, Plin. 2, 13, 10, § 56.—With quisque, the first possible, the very first:

    primo quoque tempore,

    at the very first opportunity, Cic. Fam. 13, 57, 1:

    primo quoque die,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    me tibi primum quidque concedente,

    id. Ac. 2, 16, 49:

    fluit voluptas et prima quaeque avolat,

    id. Fin. 2, 32, 106.— Subst.: prīma, ōrum, n., the first part, the beginning:

    quod bellum, si prima satis prospera fuissent,

    Liv. 8, 3.—Of the first principles or elements of things, Lucr. 4, 186:

    prima consiliorum (for prima consilia),

    Tac. H. 2, 11: a primo, from the beginning, at first:

    multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139; Ter. Phorm. 4, 2, 14; 4, 3, 37:

    in illā pro Ctesiphonte oratione submissius a primo: deinde pressius,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    suam vim retinere a primo ad extremum,

    id. Fin. 4, 13, 32:

    hoc a primo cogitavit,

    id. Att. 8, 11, 2; id. Phil. 2, 30, 75 Halm ad loc.:

    id a primo rectissime dicitur,

    id. Fin. 3, 9, 32 Madv. ad loc.: in primo, in front, before, in the beginning, first:

    equites in primo late ire jubet,

    in the van, Sall. J. 68, 4:

    qui numerus in primo viget, jacet in extremo,

    Cic. Or. 64, 215. —
    B.
    First in rank or station, chief, principal, most excellent, eminent, distinguished, noble (cf.:

    princeps, primores): evocat ad se Massiliensium quindecim primos,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 35:

    sui municipii facile primus,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 6, 15:

    homo,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 17, § 37:

    primis urbis placuisse,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 23:

    juvenum primi,

    Verg. A. 9, 785:

    est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    quia sum apud te primus,

    I am the first in your favor, id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    primus humani generis,

    Sil. 17, 255:

    urbem Italiae primam,

    Petr. 116:

    praedium,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    suavia prima habere,

    to give the first place to, think the most of, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 9:

    otium atque divitiae, quae prima mortales putant,

    Sall. C. 36, 4:

    cura,

    a chief part, Plin. 5, 25, 21, § 88.—Also, most conspicuous, chief, in a bad sense:

    peccatores, quorum primus ego sum,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 1, 15:

    primas partes, or primas agere,

    to play the first part, to occupy the first rank, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:

    primas in causis agebat Hortensius,

    Cic. Brut. 90, 308; 47: primas dare, to give the first place, ascribe the greatest importance to a thing:

    actioni primas dedisse Demosthenes dicitur, cum rogaretur, quid in dicendo esset primum: huic secundas, huic tertias,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 56, 213: primas deferre, to transfer the first or principal part:

    amoris erga me tibi primas defero,

    i. e. I assign to you the first rank among those who love me, id. Att. 1, 17, 5: primas concedere, to yield the first place:

    si Allienus tibi primas in dicendo partes concesserit,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 15, 49:

    primas tenere,

    to play the first part, be the best, id. Brut. 95, 327: cum primis, and in primis (also written in one word, impri-mis), with or among the first, chiefly, especially, principally, particularly:

    homo domi suae cum primis locuples,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    in primis lautus eques,

    Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    oppidum in primis Siciliae clarum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 35, § 86:

    homo in primis improbissimus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 27, §

    68: vir magnus in primis,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    in primis hoc a se animadversum esse dicebat,

    id. de Or. 3, 5, 17:

    in primis nobis sermo de te fuit,

    id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    in primis... dein,

    first, in the first place, Sall. J. 26, 3. —Hence, adv., primo and primum; also, ante- and post-class. and very rare, prime and primiter (the form primo is usually limited to that which is strictly first in time; primum in enumerations of contemporary facts, things, or arguments, where the order is at the speaker's choice; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 920 sq.).
    A. 1.
    In gen.:

    aedes primo ruere rebamur,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 42:

    neque credebam primo mihimet Sosiae,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 50; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 9, § 26:

    primo non accredidit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 4:

    Themistocles solus primo profectus est,

    id. Them. 6, 5:

    contemptus est primo a tyrannis,

    id. Thras. 2, 2; id. Ham. 2, 2.—
    2.
    With dein, deinde, inde, post, postea, mox, denique, nunc:

    primo Stoicorum more agamus, deinde nostro instituto vagabimur,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 6, 13:

    primo pecuniae, dein imperii cupido crevit,

    Sall. C. 10, 3:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 16, 50:

    primo... deinde,

    Liv. 1, 27; Curt. 3, 12, 6; 4, 16, 21; 9, 10, 11:

    primo abstinentiā utendum: deinde danda, etc.,

    Cels. 5, 26, 34:

    primo... inde,... hinc,

    Liv. 30, 11, 6:

    haec primo paulatim crescere: post, etc.,

    Sall. C. 10, 6:

    dissuadente primo Vercingetorige, post concedente,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 15:

    primo... postea... postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 39:

    primo... mox,

    id. 1, 50:

    primo... mox deinde,

    Just. 1, 3:

    primo negitare, denique saepius fatigatus, etc.,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    neque illi credebam primo, nunc vero palam est,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 91.—
    3.
    (Mostly post-Aug. for primum.) With iterum, rursus, secundo:

    primo... iterum,

    Liv. 2, 51:

    primo... rursus,

    Suet. Aug. 17:

    primo... secundo,

    Phaedr. 4, 10, 16.—
    B. 1.
    In enumerations, with a foll. deinde, tum:

    Caesar primum suo, deinde omnium e conspectu remotis equis,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    primum... deinde... deinde,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 143:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3:

    primum... deinde... praeterea... postremo,

    id. Div. 2, 56, 116:

    primum... tum... deinde... post... tum... deinde....,

    id. Fin. 5, 23, 65; id. Font. 14, 31; cf.:

    primum... secundo loco... deinde... tum,

    id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Inv. 2, 27, 79; Curt. 3, 6, 16; 8, 10, 9; Liv. 1, 28; Nep. Them. 2, 3; id. Epam. 1, 3:

    primum... subinde,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 8, 15:

    primum... mox,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 93.—
    2.
    Without other adverbs.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    quaerenda pecunia primum est,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 53:

    te Quicumque primum Produxit,

    id. C. 2, 13, 2; id. S. 2, 3, 41.—
    (β).
    Strengthened with omnium, first of all, Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 13:

    primum omnium ego ipse vigilo,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 9, 19.—
    3.
    With ut, ubi, simulac, cum.
    (α).
    Ut primum, ubi primum, simul ac primum, cum primum, as soon as ever, as soon as:

    ut primum potestas data est augendae dignitatis tuae, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 13, 1:

    ubi primum potuit, istum reliquit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 48:

    simul ac primum niti possunt, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2, 48, 124:

    tum affuerat, cum primum dati sunt judices,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 57.—
    (β).
    Nunc primum, now first, now for the first time (cf.: nunc demum, now at last):

    post illa nunc primum audio, Quid illo sit factum,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 33.—
    (γ).
    With dum (also by Plaut. joined in one word, pri-mumdum), in the first place, first (anteclass.):

    primum dum, si falso insimulas, etc. Iterum si id verum est, etc.,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 26:

    omnium primumdum haed aedes jam face occlusae sicut,

    id. Most. 2, 1, 53; 1, 2, 39; id. Capt. 1, 2, 57:

    primum dum omnium male dictitatur tibi vulgo in sermonibus,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 61.—
    (δ).
    With adv. or other expression of time, for the first time:

    hodie primum ire in ganeum,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 37:

    quo die primum convocati su mus,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 11, 30.—
    * C.
    prīmē, es pecially: fabula prime proba, Naev. ap. Charis. p. 188 P.; cf. Prisc. p. 603 P.—
    D.
    prīmĭter, at first, first of all (ante- and post-class.): eripis primiter dapes, Pompon. ap. Non. 154, 26; Inscr. (of the beginning of the third century of Christ) Lab. Epigr. Lat. Scop. in Egitto.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > primus

  • 4 ब्रह्मन् _brahman

    ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]
    1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.
    -2 A hymn of praise.
    -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.
    -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.
    -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.
    -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.
    -8 Religious penance or austerities.
    -9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.
    -1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.
    -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.
    -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.
    -13 Wealth.
    -14 Food.
    -15 A Brāhmaṇa.
    -16 Truth.
    -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.
    -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.
    -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.
    -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.
    1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]
    -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.
    -3 A devout man.
    -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.
    -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.
    -6 The sun.
    -7 Intellect.
    -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.
    -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.
    -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.
    -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.
    -1 Of Śiva.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.
    -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.
    -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).
    -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.
    -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.
    -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.
    -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.
    -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.
    -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.
    -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.
    -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.
    -2 N. of a forest.
    -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.
    -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 N. of a spell.
    -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.
    -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.
    -आत्मभूः a horse.
    -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.
    -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.
    -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.
    -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.
    -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.
    -आहुतिः f.
    1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.
    -2 the study of the Vedas.
    -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).
    -उत्तर a.
    1 treating principally of Brahman.
    -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.
    -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.
    -उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.
    -ऋषिः (
    ब्रह्मर्षिः or
    ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).
    -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.
    -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -करः a tax paid to the priestly class.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.
    -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).
    -कल्पः an age of Brahman.
    -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.
    -काष्ठः the mulberry tree.
    -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.
    -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.
    -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.
    -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.
    -गिरिः N. of a mountain.
    -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.
    -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.
    -गोलः the universe.
    -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.
    -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.
    -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,
    -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).
    -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.
    -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.
    -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.
    -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).
    -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.
    -2 N. of a magical circle.
    -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.
    -2 religious study, self-restraint.
    -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (
    -र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (
    -र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.
    -चारिकम् the life of a religious student.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 studying the Vedas.
    -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.
    -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 of Skanda.
    -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.
    -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.
    -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -जन्मन् n.
    1 spirtual birth.
    -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.
    -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.
    -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.
    -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.
    -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.
    -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.
    -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.
    -ज्योतिस् n.
    1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.
    -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.
    -तालः (in music) a kind of measure.
    -तेजस् n.
    1 the glory of Brahman.
    -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.
    -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.
    -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.
    -5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.
    -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).
    -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.
    -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.
    -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दारुः the mulberry tree.
    -दिनम् a day of Brahman.
    -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.
    -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (
    -यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.
    (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.
    -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.
    -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.
    -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.
    -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.
    1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).
    -2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.
    -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.
    -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.
    -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.
    -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.
    -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (
    -ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.
    -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.
    -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.
    -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.
    -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.
    -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.
    -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.
    -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.
    -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.
    -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.
    -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.
    (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.
    -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (
    -त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.
    -2 the body; Ch. Up.
    -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).
    -2 N. of Benares.
    -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).
    -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.
    -प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.
    -बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.
    -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.
    -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.
    -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.
    -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.
    -2 the mulberry tree.
    -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.
    -भवनम् the abode of Brahman.
    -भागः 1 the mulberry tree.
    -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.
    -भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit
    -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.
    -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.
    -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.
    -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.
    -भूतिः f. twilight.
    -भूमिजा a kind of pepper.
    -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.
    -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.
    -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.
    -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.
    -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.
    -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.
    -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.
    -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.
    -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.
    -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मेखलः the Munja plant.
    -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)
    -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.
    -योनि a.
    1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (
    -निः) f.
    1 original source in Brahman.
    -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.
    -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.
    -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.
    -रवः muttering of prayers.
    -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.
    -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.
    -रात्रः early dawn.
    -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)
    -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.
    -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.
    -3 a particular constellation.
    -रीतिः f. a kind of brass.
    -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.
    -लोकः the world of Brahman.
    -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.
    -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.
    -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.
    -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.
    -वर्चस् n.,
    -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.
    -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.
    -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.
    -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.
    -वर्धनम् copper.
    -वाच् f. the sacred text.
    -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.
    -वादिन् m.
    1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.
    -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (
    -नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.
    -वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.
    -विद्, -विद a.
    1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.
    -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.
    -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.
    -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.
    -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.
    -वीणा a particular Vīṇā.
    -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.
    -2 the Udumbara tree.
    -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.
    -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.
    -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.
    -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.
    -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).
    -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.
    -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.
    -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas
    -व्रतम् a vow of chastity.
    -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).
    -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.
    -2 a place for reciting the Vedas.
    -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.
    -2 a command of Brahman.
    -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -4 instruction about sacred duty.
    -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.
    -श्री N. of a Sāman.
    -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.
    -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.
    -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.
    -2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.
    -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.
    -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.
    -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.
    -सभा the hall or court of Brahman.
    -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (
    -वः) N. of Nārada.
    -सर्पः a kind of snake.
    -सवः distillation of Soma.
    -सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.
    -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.
    -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.
    -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.
    -2 a kind of Ketu.
    -सुवर्चला f.
    1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).
    -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.
    -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.
    -2 N. of the god of love.
    -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.
    -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.
    -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.
    -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.
    -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.
    -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.
    -स्थानः the mulberry tree.
    -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.
    -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.
    -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.
    -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.
    -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > ब्रह्मन् _brahman

  • 5 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    ► a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 6 ἔσχατος

    ἔσχατος, η, ον (Hom.+) gener. ‘last’
    ① pert. to being at the farthest boundary of an area, farthest, last ὁ ἔσχατος τόπος, perh. to be understood locally of the place in the farthest corner Lk 14:9f (but s. 2 below).—Subst. τὸ ἔσχατον the end (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1515a p. 319, 19 εἰς τὸ ἔσχατον τῆς νήσου; PTebt 68, 54 [II B.C.] of a document) ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς to the end of the earth (Is 48:20; 62:11; 1 Macc 3:9; PsSol 1:4; εἰς τὸ ἔ. τῆς γῆς TestSol 7:6 D) Ac 1:8 (CBurchard, D. Dreizehnte Zeuge, ’70, 134 n. 309; EEllis, ‘The End of the Earth’, Acts 1:8: Bulletin for Biblical Research 1, ’91, 123–32, tr. of his text in: Der Treue Gottes Trauen, Beiträge … für Gerhard Schneider, ed. CBussmann and WRadl ’91, 277–86 [Luke wrote in mid-60’s and Paul reached Gades in Spain]; BBecking, 573–76); 13:47; B 14:8 (the two last Is 49:6). Pl. (Hes., Theog. 731 and an oracle in Hdt. 7, 140 ἔσχατα γαίης; X., Vect. 1, 6; Diod S 1, 60, 5; Ael. Aristid. 35, 14 K.=9 p. 103 D.: ἔσχ. γῆς; Crates, Ep. 31 and Demosth., Ep. 4, 7 ἐπʼ ἔσχατα γῆς) τὰ ἔ. τῆς γῆς the ends of the earth 1 Cl 28:3 (Theocr. 15, 8; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 2, 413–18b. With εἰς before it Ps 138:9).
    ② pert. to being the final item in a series, least, last in time
    ⓐ coming last or the last of someth. that is left w. ref. to its relation with someth. preceding Mt 20:12, 14; Mk 12:6, 22; J 8:9 v.l. Opp. πρῶτος (2 Ch 9:29 al.; Sir 24:28; 41:3): ἀπὸ τῶν ἐ. ἕως τῶν πρώτων Mt 20:8; cp. 27:64; 1 Cor 15:45 (ἔ. also the later of two, as Dt 24:3f ἔ. … πρότερος; hence 1 Cor 15:47 replaced by δεύτερος). Cp. Mt 21:31 v.l. ὁ. ἔ. the latter. Of things τὰ ἔσχατα Rv 2:19; Hv 1, 4, 2. τὰ ἔσχατα (in contrast to τὰ πρῶτα as Job 8:7; TestSol 26:8) the last state Mt 12:45; Lk 11:26; 2 Pt 2:20. Of the creation in the last days ποιῶ τ. ἔσχατα ὡς τ. πρῶτα (apocryphal quot.; cp. Hippolytus, Comm. on Daniel 4:37) B 6:13.
    ⓑ w. ref. to a situation in which there is nothing to follow the ἔ. (Diod S 19, 59, 6 κρίσιν ἐσχάτην τῆς περὶ Δημήτριον βασιλείας=the last [final] crisis in the reign of Demetrius; TestAbr B 3 p. 108, 3 [Stone p. 64] ἐσχατός μού ἐστιν): ἡ ἐ. ἡμέρα τ. ἑορτῆς (cp. 2 Esdr 18:18) J 7:37. τὴν ἐ. ἡμέραν τῆς ζωῆς Hv 3, 12, 2; ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρᾳ in the last days of his life GJs 1:3 (cp. ApcEsd 7:10 ὥσπερ καὶ τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ Ἰωσήφ). ὁ ἔ. κοδράντης (cp. 2 Esdr 15:15) Mt 5:26; Lk 12:59 v.l.; D 1:5; cp. 1 Cor 15:26, 52; Rv 15:1; 21:9. τὴν … ἐ. ῥάβδον GJs 9:1. τὰ ἔ. ῥήματα the last words (of a speech) Hv 1, 3, 3. As a self-designation of the Risen Lord ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἒ. the first and the last Rv 1:17; 2:8; 22:13. Esp. of the last days, which are sometimes thought of as beginning w. the birth of Christ, somet. w. his second coming ἡ ἐ. ἡμέρα the last day (PViereck, Sermo Gr., quo senatus pop. Rom. magistratusque … usi sunt 1888 ins 29, 9 [116 B.C.] εἰς ἐσχάτην ἡμέραν=forever) J 6:39f, 44, 54; 11:24; 12:48 (ApcMos 41; BAebert, D. Eschatol. des J, diss. Bres. ’36); Hv 2, 2, 5. Pl. (Is 2:2) Ac 2:17; 2 Ti 3:1; Js 5:3; D 16:3; B 4:9. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν τούτων (Num 24:14; Jer 23:20; 25:19) in these last days Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τ. ἡμερῶν (Hos 3:5; Jer 37:24; Ezk 38:16) 2 Pt 3:3 (cp. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων χρόνων 1 Pt 1:20 v.l.); 2 Cl 14:2; B 12:9; 16:5; Hs 9, 12, 3; GJs 7:2.—ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου Jd 18; ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τ. χρόνων 1 Pt 1:20.—ἔ. καιρός vs. 5; D 16:2. Pl. (TestIss 6:1 ἐν ἐσχάτοις καιροῖς) IEph 11:1. ἐπʼ ἐ. [κα]ι̣ρ̣[ῶ]ν̣ AcPl Ha 8, 25 (Ox 1602, 39f reads ἐπʼ ἐ̣|σ̣χάτῳ τῶν καιρῶν, cp. BMM recto 33; ApcMos 13).—ἐ. ὥρα (Teles p. 17, 5) 1J 2:18.—The neut. ἔσχατον as adv. finally (SIG 1219, 11 [III B.C.]; POxy 886, 21; Num 31:2; Pr 29:21; Tat. 35, 1) ἔ. πάντων last of all Mk 12:22; 1 Cor 15:8 (PJones, TynBull 36, ’85, 3–34). S. lit. s.v. παρουσία.
    ③ pert. to furthest extremity in rank, value, or situation, last: last, least, most insignificant (opp. πρῶτος as Hierocles 23 p. 468: a human is ἔσχατος μὲν τῶν ἄνω, πρῶτος δὲ τῶν κάτω): (οἱ) πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι καὶ (οἱ) ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι Mt 19:30; 20:16; Mk 9:35 (πάντων ἔσχατος as Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 77 §322); 10:31; Lk 13:30; Ox 654, 25 (restored); 26 (=ASyn. 256, 55; GTh 4; Fitzmyer, Oxy. p. 523). τὸν ἔ. τόπον κατέχειν take the poorest place (in this sense the ἔ. τόπος would be contrasted with the ἐνδοξότερος, as Diog. L. 2, 73) Lk 14:9; cp. vs. 10 (but s. 1 above). Of the apostles, whom God has exhibited as the least among humans, by the misfortunes they have suffered (Diod S 8, 18, 3 the ἔσχατοι are the people living in the most extreme misery; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 37 the tyrants treat you as ἐσχάτους; Cass. Dio 42, 5, 5 Πομπήιος … καθάπερ τις τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἔσχατος) 1 Cor 4:9. ἔ. τῶν πιστῶν IEph 21:2; cp. ITr 13:1; IRo 9:2; ISm 11:1. Of a very hazardous situation extreme εἰ … ἔ. κίνδυνον in extreme danger AcPl Ha 4, 15f (cp. Just., D. 46, 7 ὑπομένομεν τὰ ἐ. τιμωρία).—In a positive sense, utmost, finest εὐλόγησον αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν bless her with the ultimate blessing GJs 6:2 (s. de Strycker ad loc.; cp. Just., D. 32, 1 τῇ ἐ. κατάρᾳ w. the worst curse).—B. 940. Cp. τελευταῖο Schmidt Syn. IV 524–34. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔσχατος

  • 7 ad

       ad praep. with acc.    [cf. Eng. at].—Of approach (opp. to ab, as in to ex).    I. In space, to, toward: retorquet oculos ad urbem: una pars vergit ad septentriones, Cs.: tendens ad sidera palmas, V. —Fig.: ad alia vitia propensior, more inclined to. —Esp., ad dextram, sinistram, or laevam, to or on the right or left: ito ad dextram, T.: alqd ad dextram conspicere, Cs.: non rectā regione... sed ad laevam, L.—Designating the goal, to, toward: ad ripam convenire, Cs.: vocari ad cenam, H.: ad se adferre: reticulum ad narīs sibi admovebat (cf. accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; and, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province).— Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in T. freq.): eamus ad me, T. — With gen., ellipt.: ad Dianae, to the temple of, T.: ad Castoris currere. — Used for dat: litteras dare ad aliquem, to write one a letter (cf. litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one): domum ad te scribere: ad primam (epistulam) scribere, to answer.—Hence, librum ad aliquem mittere, scribere, to dedicate a book to one. —In titles, ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to.— With names of towns, ad answers to Whither? for the simple acc., i. e. to the vicinity of, to the neighborhood of: ad Aquinum accedere, approach: ut cum suis copiis iret ad Mutinam. — Of hostile movement or protection, against (cf. adversus): veniri ad se existimantes, Cs.: ipse ad hostem vehitur, N.: Romulus ad regem impetum facit (cf. in), L.: clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt, V.: ad hos casūs provisa praesidia, Cs.—In war, of manner of fighting: ad pedes pugna venerat, was fought out on foot, L.: equitem ad pedes deducere, L.: pugna ad gladios venerat, L. — Emphatic of distance, to, even to, all the way to: a Salonis ad Oricum portūs... occupavit, Cs.: usque a Dianis ad Sinopum navigare. — Fig.: deverberasse usque ad necem, T.: virgis ad necem caedi.—Of nearness or proximity in gen. (cf. apud), near to, by, at, close by: ad forīs adsistere: Ianum ad infimum Argiletum fecit, L.: quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset, at hand, L.: errantem ad flumina, V.; and ellipt.: pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret! — Of persons: qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat, Cs.: ad me fuit, at my house: ad inferos poenas parricidi luent, among.—So, fig.: ad omnīs nationes sanctum, in the judgment of, Cs.: ut esset ad posteros monumentum, etc., L.: ad urbem esse (of a general outside of the walls): ad urbem cum imperio remanere, Cs.—With names of towns and verbs of rest: pons, qui erat ad Genavam, Cs.; and with an ordinal number and lapis: sepultus ad quintum lapidem, N.—    II. In time, about, toward: domum reductus ad vesperum, toward evening.—Till, until, to, even to, up to: usque ad hanc aetatem: ad multam noctem: amant ad quoddam tempus, until: quem ad finem? how long: ad quartam (sc. horam), H. — Hence, ad id (sc. tempus), till then: ad id dubios servare animos, L.— At, on, in, by: ad horam destinatam, at the appointed hour: frumentum ad diem dare. —    III. In number or amount, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. circiter): talenta ad quindecim coëgi, T.: annos ad quadraginta natus.—Adverb.: occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor, Cs.: ad duo milia et trecenti occisi, L.—Of a limit, to, unto, even to (rare): (viaticum) ad assem perdere, to the last farthing, H.: ad denarium solvere. —Esp., ad unum, to a single one, without exception: omnes ad unum idem sentiunt: exosus ad unum Troianos, V. —    IV. In other relations, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in: ad honorem antecellere: nihil ad rem pertinet.—Ellipt.: rectene an secus, nihil ad nos: Quid ad praetorem? quid ad rem? i. e. what difference does it make? H.: quibus (auxiliaribus) ad pugnam confidebat, Cs.: ad speciem ornatus, ad sensum acerbus: mentis ad omnia caecitas: ad cetera paene gemelli, H.: facultas ad dicendum.—With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., according to, agreeably to, after: taleis ad certum pondus examinatis, Cs.: ad cursūs lunae describit annum, L.: canere ad tibiam: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (see unguis), H.: ad istorum normam sapientes: ad specus angustiae vallium (i. e. ad specuum similitudinem angustae valles), Cs. — With the cause or reason, according to, at, on, in consequence of, for, in order to: ad horum proces in Boeotiam duxit, on their entreaty, L.: dictis ad fallendum instructis, L.: causae ad discordiam, to produce dissension, T.: ad facinora incendere, S.: ad speciem tabernaculis relictis, for appearance, Cs.: ad id, for this use, as a means to that end, L.: ad id ipsum, for that my purpose, L.: delecto milite ad navīs, marines, L.: puer ad cyathum statuetur, H.: biiugi ad frena leones, yoked in pairs with bits, V.: res quae sunt ad incendia, Cs.: ad communem salutem utilius.—In comparison, to, compared with, in comparison with: terra ad universi caeli complexum: nihil ad tuum equitatum, Caesar.—    V. In adverbial phrases, ad omnia, withal, to crown all: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc., L.—Ad hoc and ad haec, moreover, besides, in addition: ad hoc, quos... postremo omnes, quos, etc., S. — Ad id quod, beside that (rare): ad id quod... indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur, L. — Ad tempus, at a definite, fixed time, C., L.; at a fit, appropriate time, L.; for some time, for a short time, L.; according to circumstances. — Ad praesens, for the moment, for a short time.—Ad locum, on the spot: ut ad locum miles esset paratus, L.—Ad verbum, word for word, literally. — Ad summam, on the whole, generally, in general; in a word, in short, C., H.—Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum, at the end, finally, at last; of place, at the extremity, at the top, at the end: ad extremum (teli) unde ferrum exstabat, L.; of time, at last, finally: ad extremum incipit philosophari; of order, finally, lastly; to the last degree, quite, L. — Quem ad finem? to what limit? how far? how long? Note.—a. Ad rarely follows its acc: quam ad, T.: quos ad, C.: ripam ad Araxis, Ta.—b. In composition, ad- stands before vowels, b, d, f, h, i consonant, m, n, q, v, and mostly before l, r, s; acbefore c; but very often ad- before cl-, cr-, and cu-; ag- or ad- before g; ap- or ad- before p; atbefore t; but a- or ad- before gn, sp, sc, st.
    * * *
    I II
    to, up to, towards; near, at; until, on, by; almost; according to; about w/NUM

    Latin-English dictionary > ad

  • 8 Terentos

    Tĕrentus or - os, i, f., a place at the extremity of the Campus Martius, on the Tiber, where the Ludi Saeculares were held, Ov. F. 1, 501; Mart. 1, 70, 2, 4, 1, 8; 10, 63, 3; Fest pp. 350 and 351 Müll. — Hence, Tĕrentīnus, a, um, adj., of or belonging to Terentus, Terentine: ludi, i. e. the secular games, Varr. ap. Censor. de Die Nat. 17; Aus. Idyll. 11, 34:

    tribus,

    Cic. Planc. 17, 43; 22, 54; S. C. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 5; Liv. 10, 9, 14:

    nuces,

    Plin. 15, 10, 9, § 35 (al. Tarentinus).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Terentos

  • 9 Terentus

    Tĕrentus or - os, i, f., a place at the extremity of the Campus Martius, on the Tiber, where the Ludi Saeculares were held, Ov. F. 1, 501; Mart. 1, 70, 2, 4, 1, 8; 10, 63, 3; Fest pp. 350 and 351 Müll. — Hence, Tĕrentīnus, a, um, adj., of or belonging to Terentus, Terentine: ludi, i. e. the secular games, Varr. ap. Censor. de Die Nat. 17; Aus. Idyll. 11, 34:

    tribus,

    Cic. Planc. 17, 43; 22, 54; S. C. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 5; Liv. 10, 9, 14:

    nuces,

    Plin. 15, 10, 9, § 35 (al. Tarentinus).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Terentus

  • 10 end

    end
    1. noun
    1) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); (also adjective) We live in the end house.) final, extremo, cabo
    2) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) fin, final, conclusión
    3) (death: The soldiers met their end bravely.) muerte
    4) (an aim: What end have you in view?) objetivo, finalidad
    5) (a small piece left over: cigarette ends.) resto

    2. verb
    (to bring or come to an end: The scheme ended in disaster; How does the play end?; How should I end (off) this letter?) terminar
    - endless
    - at a loose end
    - end up
    - in the end
    - make both ends meet
    - make ends meet
    - no end of
    - no end
    - on end
    - put an end to
    - the end
    end1 n final / fin
    turn right at the end of this street al final de esta calle, gira a la derecha
    end2 vb terminar / acabar
    how does the film end? ¿cómo acaba la película?
    tr[end]
    1 (extremity - of rope) cabo; (- of street, room, queue) final nombre masculino; (- of table, sofa, bed, line) extremo; (- of stick, tail, hair) punta; (- of box) lado
    2 (final part, finish) fin nombre masculino, final nombre masculino, conclusión nombre femenino
    ■ have you got enough money to last until the end of the month? ¿tienes suficiente dinero para llegar hasta final del mes?
    ■ what did you think of the end of the film? ¿qué te pareció el final de la película?
    3 (aim) objeto, objetivo, fin nombre masculino
    4 (remnant) resto, cabo; (of cigarette) colilla
    6 (on telephone) lado (de la línea)
    1 final, último,-a
    1 (conclude) acabar, terminar
    2 (stop) terminar, poner fin a, acabar con
    1 acabar, terminar
    ■ when does term end? ¿cuándo acaba el trimestre?
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    (not) to be the end of the world (no) ser el fin del mundo
    at the end of al final de
    at the end of one's tether hasta la coronilla
    at the end of the day al fin y al cabo, al final
    end on de frente
    end to end juntando los dos extremos
    in the end al fin
    no end muchísimo
    no end of la mar de, la tira de, cantidad de
    on end (upright) sobre el extremo 2 (continuously) enteros,-as
    till the end of time para siempre más
    to be an end in itself ser un fin en sí mismo
    to be at a loose end no tener nada que hacer
    to be at an end estar acabado,-a
    to be the end ser el colmo
    to come/draw to an end acabarse
    to end it all suicidarse
    to go to the ends of the earth ir hasta el fin del mundo, ir hasta los confines de la tierra
    to keep one's end up seguir animado,-a
    to make ends meet llegar a final de mes
    to put an end to something poner fin a algo, acabar con algo
    end product producto final
    end ['ɛnd] vt
    1) stop: terminar, poner fin a
    2) conclude: concluir, terminar
    end vi
    : terminar(se), acabar, concluir(se)
    end n
    1) extremity: extremo m, final m, punta f
    2) conclusion: fin m, final m
    3) aim: fin m
    adj.
    • final adj.
    n.
    • acabamiento s.m.
    • cabo s.m.
    • cola s.f.
    • extremo s.m.
    • fin s.m.
    • final s.m.
    • finalidad s.f.
    • límite s.m.
    • objeto s.m.
    • término s.m.
    v.
    • acabar v.
    • cesar v.
    • clausurar v.
    • concluir v.
    • terminar v.
    • ultimar v.
    end
    I
    1)
    a) (extremity - of rope, stick) extremo m, punta f; (- of nose) punta f; (- of street) final m

    at the other/far end of the garden — al otro extremo/al fondo del jardín

    from one end of the country to the other — de punta a punta or de un extremo a otro del país

    to stand something on (its) end — poner* algo vertical, parar algo (AmL)

    for weeks on end — durante semanas y semanas, durante semanas enteras

    not to know/be able to tell one end of something from the other — no tener* ni idea de algo (fam)

    to be at the end of one's rope o (BrE) tether: I'm at the end of my rope ya no puedo más or ya no aguanto más; to go off at the deep end (colloq) ponerse* como una fiera; to make ends meet — llegar* a fin de mes; see also deep end

    b) (part, side) (colloq) parte f (fam)

    are there any problems at your end? — ¿hay algún problema por tu lado?

    c) ( remaining part) final m, resto m
    2)
    a) (finish, close) fin m, final m

    just give him the money and let that be an end of o to it — dale el dinero y que no se hable más

    that was the end of the story — ahí (se) acabó or terminó la historia

    to put an end to something — poner* fin or poner* punto final a algo

    at the end of the day — ( finally) al fin y al cabo, a fin de cuentas; ( lit) al acabar or terminar el día

    b) (death, destruction) final m, fin m

    to come to a sticky end — (BrE) acabar or terminar mal

    c) ( outcome) final m
    d)

    no end — (BrE colloq)

    3) ( purpose) fin m

    to this end — (frml) con or a este fin (frml)


    II
    1.
    a) ( stop) \<\<argument/discussion/fight\>\> terminar, dar* or poner* fin a; \<\<gossip/speculation\>\> acabar or terminar con
    b) ( conclude) terminar, concluir* (frml)

    2.
    vi acabar, terminar

    a word ending in `x' — una palabra que termina en `x'

    Phrasal Verbs:
    [end]
    1. N
    1) [of street] final m ; [of line, table] extremo m ; [of rope, stick] punta f ; [of estate] límite m ; (Sport) lado m ; [of town] parte f, zona f

    • at the end of — [+ street, corridor] al final de; [+ rope, cable] en la punta de

    • to change ends — (Sport) cambiar de lado

    • the ends of the earth — (fig) el ultimo rincón del mundo

    • from one end to the other — de un extremo a otro

    • the end of the line — (fig) el término, el acabóse

    • to stand sth on end — poner algo de punta

    • the end of the road — (fig) el término, el acabóse

    • from end to end — de punta a punta

    • to read a book to the very end — leer un libro hasta el mismo final

    • to start at the wrong end — empezar por el fin

    - keep one's end up
    - tie up the loose ends
    - make ends meet
    - get hold of the wrong end of the stick
    - be at the end of one's tether
    deep 1., 1), shallow 1., 1)
    2) [of time, process, journey, resources] fin m, final m ; [of story] fin m, conclusión f

    towards the end of — [+ book, film] hacia el final de; [+ century] hacia fines de; [+ month] hacia fin de

    that was the end of that! — ¡y se acabó!

    • to be at an end — [meeting, interview] haber concluido

    to be at the end of — [+ strength, patience] estar al límite de

    • to come to a bad end — acabar mal

    • to the bitter end — hasta el último suspiro

    • to bring to an end — [+ work, speech, relationship] dar por terminado

    • to come to an end — llegar a su fin, terminarse

    • to draw to an end — llegar a su fin, terminarse

    • I am getting to the end of my patience — estoy llegando al límite de mi paciencia

    • in the end — al fin

    • to make an end of — acabar con, poner fin a

    • I enjoyed it no end * — me gustó muchísimo

    no end of an expert — sumamente experto, más experto que nadie

    • three days on end — tres días seguidos

    for days on end — día tras día, durante una infinidad de días

    • to put an end to — [+ argument, relationship, sb's tricks] poner fin a, acabar con

    • that's the end! * — ¡eso es el colmo!

    he's the end! * — ¡es el colmo!

    that movie is the end! — (US) * esa película es el no va más

    • without end — interminable

    • the end of the world — el fin del mundo

    3) (=death) liter or hum muerte f
    4) (=remnant) [of loaf, candle, meat] resto m, cabo m

    the end of a roll — [of cloth, carpet] el retal de un rollo

    cigarette 2.
    5) (=aim) fin m, propósito m

    • to achieve one's end — alcanzar su objetivo

    • to no end — en vano

    to the end that... — a fin de que + subjun

    to this end, with this end in view — con este propósito

    • with what end? — ¿para qué?

    2.
    VT [+ argument] terminar, poner fin a; [+ book] concluir; [+ speech] concluir, terminar; [+ relationship] terminar; [+ abuse, speculation] acabar con

    • that was the meal to end all meals! * — ¡eso fue el no va más en comidas!

    • to end one's days — vivir sus últimos días

    • to end it all * — suicidarse

    • to end one's life — suicidarse

    3.
    VI [lesson, work, war, meeting] terminar, acabar, concluir more frm ; [road] terminar(se); [period of time, programme, film, story] terminar

    • to end by saying — terminar diciendo

    • to end in — terminar en

    • to end with — terminar con

    4.
    CPD

    end date N — [of contract] fecha f de terminación

    end game N — (Chess) fase f final

    end line N — (Basketball) línea f de fondo

    end note N — nota f final

    end product N — (Ind) producto m final; (fig) consecuencia f

    end table N — (US) mesita f (para poner revistas, bebidas)

    end user N — usuario(-a) m / f final

    end value N — valor m final

    end zone N — (American Ftbl) zona f de marca

    * * *
    [end]
    I
    1)
    a) (extremity - of rope, stick) extremo m, punta f; (- of nose) punta f; (- of street) final m

    at the other/far end of the garden — al otro extremo/al fondo del jardín

    from one end of the country to the other — de punta a punta or de un extremo a otro del país

    to stand something on (its) end — poner* algo vertical, parar algo (AmL)

    for weeks on end — durante semanas y semanas, durante semanas enteras

    not to know/be able to tell one end of something from the other — no tener* ni idea de algo (fam)

    to be at the end of one's rope o (BrE) tether: I'm at the end of my rope ya no puedo más or ya no aguanto más; to go off at the deep end (colloq) ponerse* como una fiera; to make ends meet — llegar* a fin de mes; see also deep end

    b) (part, side) (colloq) parte f (fam)

    are there any problems at your end? — ¿hay algún problema por tu lado?

    c) ( remaining part) final m, resto m
    2)
    a) (finish, close) fin m, final m

    just give him the money and let that be an end of o to it — dale el dinero y que no se hable más

    that was the end of the story — ahí (se) acabó or terminó la historia

    to put an end to something — poner* fin or poner* punto final a algo

    at the end of the day — ( finally) al fin y al cabo, a fin de cuentas; ( lit) al acabar or terminar el día

    b) (death, destruction) final m, fin m

    to come to a sticky end — (BrE) acabar or terminar mal

    c) ( outcome) final m
    d)

    no end — (BrE colloq)

    3) ( purpose) fin m

    to this end — (frml) con or a este fin (frml)


    II
    1.
    a) ( stop) \<\<argument/discussion/fight\>\> terminar, dar* or poner* fin a; \<\<gossip/speculation\>\> acabar or terminar con
    b) ( conclude) terminar, concluir* (frml)

    2.
    vi acabar, terminar

    a word ending in `x' — una palabra que termina en `x'

    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > end

  • 11 cornu

    cornū, ūs (so Caes. B. C. 3, 68 Dint.; Luc. 7, 217; Plin. 28, 11, 46, § 163 et saep.; Curt. 4, 12, 11 al.; ū in the connection cornu bubuli and cornu cervini; also Cael. Aur. Tard. 3, 5, 76; Veg. Art. Vet. 1, 20, 1 al.; cf. esp. Neue, Formenl. 1, p. 355), n. (access. form cornum, i, n., Varr. R. R. 3, 9, 14; Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 5 Fleck.; Lucr. 2, 388; Ov. M. 2, 874; Scrib. Comp. 141; Gell. 14, 6, 2 al.; gen. plur. cornorum, Scrib. Comp. 60. —An access. form cornus, ūs, has been assumed on account of the rel. masc. in the passage:

    nares similes cornibus iis, qui, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149, if the reading is correct.—The dat. sing. apparently never used;

    for in the connection: laevo cornu Cotys rex praeerat... dextro cornu praepositus C. Licinius Crassus,

    Liv. 42, 58, 6 and 7, the supposition of the abl. is more in acc. with the usage of Livy; cf.:

    Antipatrum in laevo praeposuit,

    id. 37, 41, 1 et saep.) [kindred with keras, and Germ. and Engl. horn; cf. also carina, cervus], a horn.
    I.
    Lit., a hard and generally crooked growth upon the head of many mammiferous animals (very freq. in all periods and species of composition), Plin. 11, 37, 45, § 123 sq.; Cic. N. D. 2, 47, 121;

    of a bullock,

    Lucr. 5, 1033; 5, 1324; Cat. 64, 111; Ov. M. 9, 186; Hor. C. 3, 27, 72; id. S. 1, 5, 58 et saep.;

    also of the constellation Taurus,

    Ov. M. 2, 80;

    of the ram,

    id. ib. 5, 328; and the constellation Aries, Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 43, 111;

    of the he-goat,

    Verg. E. 9, 25;

    of kids,

    id. G. 2, 526 al. —Of the antlers of a stag, Ov. M. 3, 194; 10, 111; Verg. A. 10, 725 al.: Cornu Copiae (less correctly, but freq. in late Lat., as one word, Cornūcōpĭae, and twice Cornūcōpĭa, ae, f., Amm. 22, 9, 1; 25, 2, 3), acc. to the fable, the horn of the goat Amalthea placed in heaven, Greek Keras Amaltheias (v. Amalthea), the emblem of fruitfulness and abundance, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5; Gell. 14, 6, 2; cf. Hor. C. 1, 17, 16; id. C. S. 60; id. Ep. 1, 12, 29; Ov. M. 9, 88.—
    B.
    Meton., of things similar to horn in substance or form, or made of horn.
    1.
    That which is similar to horn in substance.
    a.
    A hoof, Cato, R. R. 72; Verg. G. 3, 88; Sil. 13, 327.—
    b.
    Of the bills of birds, Ov. M. 14, 502.—
    c.
    The horny skin covering the eye, Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 148.—
    d.
    A horny excrescence on the head, a wart, Hor. S. 1, 5, 58.— Far more freq.,
    2.
    That which is similar to a horn in form, a projecting extremity, the point or end of any object.
    a.
    The tooth or tusk of an elephant, ivory, Varr. L. L. 7, § 39 Müll.; Plin. 8, 3, 4, § 7; 18, 1, 1, § 2:

    cornu Indicum,

    Mart. 1, 73, 4.—
    b.
    The horns of the moon, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 122, 2; Verg. G. 1, 433; Ov. M. 1, 11; 2, 117 et saep.—
    c.
    The branches of a river, Ov. M. 9, 774.—Hence, the river-gods were represented with horns, Verg. G. 4, 371; Mart. 10, 7 et saep.; cf.: corniger, tauriformis, etc., and v. Lidd. and Scott under keras, V.—
    d.
    The arm of the shore forming a harbor, a tongue of land, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 14, 1; Ov. M. 5, 410; Plin. 4, 21, 35, § 113.—
    e.
    The extremity or end of the sailyards, Verg. A. 3, 549; 5, 832; Ov. M. 11, 476; Hor. Epod. 16, 59; Sil. 14. 389.—
    f.
    The cone of a helmet in which the crest was placed:

    cornua cristae,

    Verg. A. 12, 89:

    alterum cornu galeae,

    Liv. 27, 33, 2.—
    g.
    The end of the stick around which books were rolled, usually ornamented with ivory, Tib. 3, 1, 13; Ov. Tr. 1, 1, 8; Mart. 11, 107. —
    h.
    The side of a bow in the form of a horn, Ov. M. 1, 455; 5, 56; 2, 603.—
    i.
    The horn-shaped side of the cithara (perh. the sounding-board), Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149 fin. —
    k.
    The top or summit of a mountain:

    cornua Parnasi,

    Stat. Th. 5, 532; Curt. 3, 4, 4. —
    1.
    The point, end, extremity, wing of a place, Liv. 25, 3, 17; Tac. A. 1, 75; Plin. 34, 6, 12, § 26 al.—
    m.
    The wing of an army (very freq.), Caes. B. G. 1, 52 (three times); 2, 23; 2, 25; 7, 62 (twice); Liv. 9, 40, 3 sq(seven times).—
    * (β).
    Transf.:

    cornua disputationis tuae commovere,

    i. e. to drive back, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 26 (v. the passage in connection).—
    n.
    The feeler or claw of an insect, Plin. 9, 30, 50, § 95; 9, 31, 51, § 99 al. —
    o.
    The stiff hair of the Germans:

    quis stupuit Germani lumina, flavam Caesariem et madido torquentem cornua cirro?

    Juv. 13, 165.—
    3.
    Of objects made of horn.
    a.
    A bow, Verg. E. 10, 59; Ov. M. 5, 383; Sil. 2, 109 al.—
    b.
    A bugle-horn, a horn, trumpet (cornua, quod ea, quae nunc sunt ex aere, tunc fiebant bubulo e cornu, Varr. L. L. 5, § 117 Müll.), Lucil. ap. Non. p. 265, 5; Lucr. 2, 620; Verg. A. 7, 615; Ov. M. 1, 98; 3, 533; Hor. C. 1, 18, 14; 2, 1, 17; Juv. 2, 90; 6, 315.—Connected with tubae, Cic. Sull. 5, 17; Tac. A. 1, 68; 2, 81, cf. Dict. of Antiq., s. v. cornu.—In a sarcastic double sense with a.: dum tendit citharam noster, dum cornua Parthus, Poët. ap. Suet. Ner. 39 (v. the passage in connection).—
    c.
    The sides of the lyre, originally consisting of two horns, giving resonance to the strings, Cic. N. D. 2, 57, 144; 2, 59, 149.—
    d.
    A lantern, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 185; cf. Lucr 2, 388; and Plin. 11, 16, 16, § 49.—
    e.
    An oil cruet, Hor S. 2, 2, 61.—
    f.
    A funnel, Verg. G. 3, 509; Col. 6, 2, 7 al.—
    II.
    Trop., as an emblem of power, courage, strength, might (the figure taken from bullocks. Also in Heb. a very freq. metaph.; cf. Gesen. Lex. s. v., p. 906, 6; poet.):

    ne in re secundā nunc mi obvortat cornua,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 5:

    venerunt capiti cornua sera meo,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11,:

    tunc pauper cornua sumit,

    gains strength, courage, id. A. A. 1, 239; cf.

    . tu (sc. amphora) addis cornua pauperi, etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 18.—Hence Bacchus, as a giver of courage, is represented with horns, Tib. 2, 1, 3; Hor. C. 2, 19, 30; v. Bacchus, I.; cf. of a river-god, I. B. 2. c. supra.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cornu

  • 12 Cornucopia

    cornū, ūs (so Caes. B. C. 3, 68 Dint.; Luc. 7, 217; Plin. 28, 11, 46, § 163 et saep.; Curt. 4, 12, 11 al.; ū in the connection cornu bubuli and cornu cervini; also Cael. Aur. Tard. 3, 5, 76; Veg. Art. Vet. 1, 20, 1 al.; cf. esp. Neue, Formenl. 1, p. 355), n. (access. form cornum, i, n., Varr. R. R. 3, 9, 14; Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 5 Fleck.; Lucr. 2, 388; Ov. M. 2, 874; Scrib. Comp. 141; Gell. 14, 6, 2 al.; gen. plur. cornorum, Scrib. Comp. 60. —An access. form cornus, ūs, has been assumed on account of the rel. masc. in the passage:

    nares similes cornibus iis, qui, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149, if the reading is correct.—The dat. sing. apparently never used;

    for in the connection: laevo cornu Cotys rex praeerat... dextro cornu praepositus C. Licinius Crassus,

    Liv. 42, 58, 6 and 7, the supposition of the abl. is more in acc. with the usage of Livy; cf.:

    Antipatrum in laevo praeposuit,

    id. 37, 41, 1 et saep.) [kindred with keras, and Germ. and Engl. horn; cf. also carina, cervus], a horn.
    I.
    Lit., a hard and generally crooked growth upon the head of many mammiferous animals (very freq. in all periods and species of composition), Plin. 11, 37, 45, § 123 sq.; Cic. N. D. 2, 47, 121;

    of a bullock,

    Lucr. 5, 1033; 5, 1324; Cat. 64, 111; Ov. M. 9, 186; Hor. C. 3, 27, 72; id. S. 1, 5, 58 et saep.;

    also of the constellation Taurus,

    Ov. M. 2, 80;

    of the ram,

    id. ib. 5, 328; and the constellation Aries, Cic. poët. N. D. 2, 43, 111;

    of the he-goat,

    Verg. E. 9, 25;

    of kids,

    id. G. 2, 526 al. —Of the antlers of a stag, Ov. M. 3, 194; 10, 111; Verg. A. 10, 725 al.: Cornu Copiae (less correctly, but freq. in late Lat., as one word, Cornūcōpĭae, and twice Cornūcōpĭa, ae, f., Amm. 22, 9, 1; 25, 2, 3), acc. to the fable, the horn of the goat Amalthea placed in heaven, Greek Keras Amaltheias (v. Amalthea), the emblem of fruitfulness and abundance, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5; Gell. 14, 6, 2; cf. Hor. C. 1, 17, 16; id. C. S. 60; id. Ep. 1, 12, 29; Ov. M. 9, 88.—
    B.
    Meton., of things similar to horn in substance or form, or made of horn.
    1.
    That which is similar to horn in substance.
    a.
    A hoof, Cato, R. R. 72; Verg. G. 3, 88; Sil. 13, 327.—
    b.
    Of the bills of birds, Ov. M. 14, 502.—
    c.
    The horny skin covering the eye, Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 148.—
    d.
    A horny excrescence on the head, a wart, Hor. S. 1, 5, 58.— Far more freq.,
    2.
    That which is similar to a horn in form, a projecting extremity, the point or end of any object.
    a.
    The tooth or tusk of an elephant, ivory, Varr. L. L. 7, § 39 Müll.; Plin. 8, 3, 4, § 7; 18, 1, 1, § 2:

    cornu Indicum,

    Mart. 1, 73, 4.—
    b.
    The horns of the moon, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. p. 122, 2; Verg. G. 1, 433; Ov. M. 1, 11; 2, 117 et saep.—
    c.
    The branches of a river, Ov. M. 9, 774.—Hence, the river-gods were represented with horns, Verg. G. 4, 371; Mart. 10, 7 et saep.; cf.: corniger, tauriformis, etc., and v. Lidd. and Scott under keras, V.—
    d.
    The arm of the shore forming a harbor, a tongue of land, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 14, 1; Ov. M. 5, 410; Plin. 4, 21, 35, § 113.—
    e.
    The extremity or end of the sailyards, Verg. A. 3, 549; 5, 832; Ov. M. 11, 476; Hor. Epod. 16, 59; Sil. 14. 389.—
    f.
    The cone of a helmet in which the crest was placed:

    cornua cristae,

    Verg. A. 12, 89:

    alterum cornu galeae,

    Liv. 27, 33, 2.—
    g.
    The end of the stick around which books were rolled, usually ornamented with ivory, Tib. 3, 1, 13; Ov. Tr. 1, 1, 8; Mart. 11, 107. —
    h.
    The side of a bow in the form of a horn, Ov. M. 1, 455; 5, 56; 2, 603.—
    i.
    The horn-shaped side of the cithara (perh. the sounding-board), Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149 fin. —
    k.
    The top or summit of a mountain:

    cornua Parnasi,

    Stat. Th. 5, 532; Curt. 3, 4, 4. —
    1.
    The point, end, extremity, wing of a place, Liv. 25, 3, 17; Tac. A. 1, 75; Plin. 34, 6, 12, § 26 al.—
    m.
    The wing of an army (very freq.), Caes. B. G. 1, 52 (three times); 2, 23; 2, 25; 7, 62 (twice); Liv. 9, 40, 3 sq(seven times).—
    * (β).
    Transf.:

    cornua disputationis tuae commovere,

    i. e. to drive back, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 26 (v. the passage in connection).—
    n.
    The feeler or claw of an insect, Plin. 9, 30, 50, § 95; 9, 31, 51, § 99 al. —
    o.
    The stiff hair of the Germans:

    quis stupuit Germani lumina, flavam Caesariem et madido torquentem cornua cirro?

    Juv. 13, 165.—
    3.
    Of objects made of horn.
    a.
    A bow, Verg. E. 10, 59; Ov. M. 5, 383; Sil. 2, 109 al.—
    b.
    A bugle-horn, a horn, trumpet (cornua, quod ea, quae nunc sunt ex aere, tunc fiebant bubulo e cornu, Varr. L. L. 5, § 117 Müll.), Lucil. ap. Non. p. 265, 5; Lucr. 2, 620; Verg. A. 7, 615; Ov. M. 1, 98; 3, 533; Hor. C. 1, 18, 14; 2, 1, 17; Juv. 2, 90; 6, 315.—Connected with tubae, Cic. Sull. 5, 17; Tac. A. 1, 68; 2, 81, cf. Dict. of Antiq., s. v. cornu.—In a sarcastic double sense with a.: dum tendit citharam noster, dum cornua Parthus, Poët. ap. Suet. Ner. 39 (v. the passage in connection).—
    c.
    The sides of the lyre, originally consisting of two horns, giving resonance to the strings, Cic. N. D. 2, 57, 144; 2, 59, 149.—
    d.
    A lantern, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 185; cf. Lucr 2, 388; and Plin. 11, 16, 16, § 49.—
    e.
    An oil cruet, Hor S. 2, 2, 61.—
    f.
    A funnel, Verg. G. 3, 509; Col. 6, 2, 7 al.—
    II.
    Trop., as an emblem of power, courage, strength, might (the figure taken from bullocks. Also in Heb. a very freq. metaph.; cf. Gesen. Lex. s. v., p. 906, 6; poet.):

    ne in re secundā nunc mi obvortat cornua,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 3, 5:

    venerunt capiti cornua sera meo,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11,:

    tunc pauper cornua sumit,

    gains strength, courage, id. A. A. 1, 239; cf.

    . tu (sc. amphora) addis cornua pauperi, etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 21, 18.—Hence Bacchus, as a giver of courage, is represented with horns, Tib. 2, 1, 3; Hor. C. 2, 19, 30; v. Bacchus, I.; cf. of a river-god, I. B. 2. c. supra.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cornucopia

  • 13 tip

    I
    1. tip noun
    (the small or thin end, point or top of something: the tips of my fingers.) punta, cabo, extremidad

    2. verb
    (to put, or form, a tip on: The spear was tipped with an iron point.) poner punta
    - tip-top
    - be on the tip of one's tongue
    II
    1. tip past tense, past participle - tipped; verb
    1) (to (make something) slant: The boat tipped to one side.)
    2) (to empty (something) from a container, or remove (something) from a surface, with this kind of motion: He tipped the water out of the bucket.) ladearse, inclinarse
    3) (to dump (rubbish): People have been tipping their rubbish in this field.) verter, tirar; vaciar

    2. noun
    (a place where rubbish is thrown: a refuse/rubbish tip.) vertedero

    III
    1. tip noun
    (a gift of money given to a waiter etc, for personal service: I gave him a generous tip.) propina

    2. verb
    (to give such a gift to.)

    IV tip noun
    (a piece of useful information; a hint: He gave me some good tips on/about gardening.) consejo, sugerencia
    tip1 n
    1. punta
    2. propina
    3. consejo
    4. vertedero
    tip2 vb
    1. dar una propina
    2. inclinar
    tr[tɪp]
    1 (for rubbish) vertedero, basurero; (dirty place) porquería, desorden nombre masculino, revoltijo
    ■ your room is a tip! ¡tu habitación está hecha un asco!
    1 (lean, tilt) inclinar, ladear
    2 (pour) verter; (throw) tirar; (empty) vaciar
    3 (rubbish) verter
    1 inclinarse, ladearse
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to tip it down llover a cántaros
    to tip one's hat quitarse el sombrero
    to tip the scales / tip the balance figurative use inclinar la balanza, decidir la cuestión
    ————————
    tr[tɪp]
    1 (gen) extremo, punta, cabo; (of cigarette) boquilla, filtro
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    from tip to toe de pies a cabeza
    to have something on the tip of one's tongue tener algo en la punta de la lengua
    the tip of the iceberg la punta del iceberg
    ————————
    tr[tɪp]
    1 (gratuity) propina
    2 (advice) consejo, truco; (confidential information) soplo, confidencia; (prediction) pronóstico
    1 (give gratuity to) dar una propina a
    2 (predict) pronosticar
    tip ['tɪp] v, tipped ; tipping vt
    1) or to tip over : volcar, voltear, hacer caer
    2) tilt: ladear, inclinar
    to tip one's hat: saludar con el sombrero
    3) tap: tocar, golpear ligeramente
    4) : darle una propina (a un mesero, etc.)
    I tipped him $5: le di $5 de propina
    5) : adornar o cubrir la punta de
    wings tipped in red: alas que tienen las puntas rojas
    6)
    to tip off : dar información a
    tip vi
    tilt: ladearse, inclinarse
    tip n
    1) end, point: punta f, extremo m
    on the tip of one's tongue: en la punta de la lengua
    2) gratuity: propina f
    3) advice, information: consejo m, información f (confidencial)
    n.
    • aviso s.m.
    • consejo s.m.
    n.
    • adehala s.f.
    • agujeta s.f.
    • cabo s.m.
    • casquillo s.m.
    • chivatazo s.m.
    • clavija s.f.
    • embocadura s.f.
    • extra s.f.
    • extremidad s.f.
    • extremo s.m.
    • gratificación s.f.
    • inclinación s.f.
    • pico s.m.
    • propina s.f.
    • punta s.f.
    • regatón s.m.
    v.
    • bascular v.
    • clavetear v.
    • dar propinas v.
    • gratificar v.
    • inclinar v.
    • ladear v.
    tɪp
    I
    1) (end, extremity) punta f; (of stick, umbrella) contera f, regatón m; ( filter tip) filtro m

    the tip of the iceberg — la punta del iceberg

    to have something on the tip of one's tongue — tener* algo en la punta de la lengua

    2)
    a) ( helpful hint) consejo m (práctico)
    b) ( in betting) pronóstico m, fija f (CS, Per)
    3) ( gratuity) propina f
    4) (BrE) ( rubbish dump) vertedero m (de basuras), basurero m, basural m (AmL)

    your room is a tip — (colloq) tienes el cuarto hecho una pocilga


    II
    1.
    - pp- transitive verb
    1) ( give gratuity to) darle* (una) propina a
    2)
    a) ( tilt) inclinar

    to tip the balance o the scales — inclinar la balanza a su (or mi etc) favor

    he tipped the scales at 72kg — (colloq) pesó 72 kilos

    b) (pour, throw) tirar, botar (AmL exc RPl)

    it's tipping it down outside — (BrE colloq) está lloviendo a cántaros

    3)
    a) (predict, forecast) (BrE)

    to tip the winner — pronosticar* quién va a ser el ganador

    b) (warn, inform) (AmE) avisar(le a), pasarle el dato a (CS), darle* un chivatazo a (Esp fam)

    2.
    vi
    1) ( give gratuity) dar* propina
    2) ( tilt) inclinarse, ladearse
    3) ( dump rubbish) (BrE)

    no tipping — prohibido arrojar basura/escombros

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    I
    [tɪp]
    N
    1) (=end) [of knife, paintbrush, finger, nose] punta f; [of shoe, boot] puntera f
    asparagus
    2) (=protective piece) [of umbrella] contera f
    3) (=filter) [of cigarette] filtro m

    II [tɪp]
    1. N
    1) (=gratuity) propina f
    2) (=hint) consejo m; (Racing, Gambling) pronóstico m

    a hot tip * — (Racing, Gambling) un pronóstico fiable

    2. VT
    1) [+ driver, waiter] dar una propina a

    she tipped the barman ten dollars — le dio diez dólares de propina or una propina de diez dólares al barman

    2) (Racing, Gambling)
    3.
    VI (=give gratuity) dar propina

    III [tɪp]
    1. N
    1) (=rubbish dump) vertedero m, basurero m, basural m (LAm), tiradero(s) m(pl) (Mex)
    2) (Brit)
    * (=mess)
    2. VT
    1) (=tilt) inclinar
    - tip the balance or scales in sb's favour/against sb
    - tip sb over the edge
    2) (=pour)

    to tip sth into sth: tip the vegetables into a bowl — eche las verduras en un cuenco

    they tip the rubbish into the river — vierten or tiran la basura en el río

    3. VI
    1) (=incline) inclinarse, ladearse; (=topple) (also: tip over) volcarse, voltearse (LAm)
    2) (=dump rubbish) tirar or (LAm) botar basura
    3)
    - it's tipping

    IV [tɪp]
    1.
    N (=tap) golpecito m
    2.
    VT (=tap, touch) tocar ligeramente
    * * *
    [tɪp]
    I
    1) (end, extremity) punta f; (of stick, umbrella) contera f, regatón m; ( filter tip) filtro m

    the tip of the iceberg — la punta del iceberg

    to have something on the tip of one's tongue — tener* algo en la punta de la lengua

    2)
    a) ( helpful hint) consejo m (práctico)
    b) ( in betting) pronóstico m, fija f (CS, Per)
    3) ( gratuity) propina f
    4) (BrE) ( rubbish dump) vertedero m (de basuras), basurero m, basural m (AmL)

    your room is a tip — (colloq) tienes el cuarto hecho una pocilga


    II
    1.
    - pp- transitive verb
    1) ( give gratuity to) darle* (una) propina a
    2)
    a) ( tilt) inclinar

    to tip the balance o the scales — inclinar la balanza a su (or mi etc) favor

    he tipped the scales at 72kg — (colloq) pesó 72 kilos

    b) (pour, throw) tirar, botar (AmL exc RPl)

    it's tipping it down outside — (BrE colloq) está lloviendo a cántaros

    3)
    a) (predict, forecast) (BrE)

    to tip the winner — pronosticar* quién va a ser el ganador

    b) (warn, inform) (AmE) avisar(le a), pasarle el dato a (CS), darle* un chivatazo a (Esp fam)

    2.
    vi
    1) ( give gratuity) dar* propina
    2) ( tilt) inclinarse, ladearse
    3) ( dump rubbish) (BrE)

    no tipping — prohibido arrojar basura/escombros

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > tip

  • 14 अन्त _anta

    अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86]
    1 Near.
    -2 Last.
    -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते').
    -4 Lowest, worst.
    -5 Youngest.
    -तः (n. in some senses)
    1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2.
    -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3.
    -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda).
    -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied).
    -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life).
    -6 Death, destruc- tion; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined.
    -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c.
    -8 The last word in a compound.
    -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settle- ment; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः).
    -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34.
    -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts.
    -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity.
    -13 A large number.
    -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5.
    -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः
    -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm.
    -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla.
    -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि]
    1 a barber.
    -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste.
    -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति).
    -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (
    -त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199.
    -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16.
    -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk.
    -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha.
    -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.
    -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām.
    -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters).
    -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145.
    -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94.
    -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम्
    -2 death, perishing, dying.
    -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A.
    -चर a.
    1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers.
    -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.).
    -ज a. last born.
    -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric).
    -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14.
    -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid.
    -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29.
    -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last.
    -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed.
    -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚)
    -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य]
    1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33.
    -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village).
    -वेला = ˚कालः q. v.
    -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir.
    -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground.
    -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself.
    -3 a place for burial or burning.
    -4 a bier or funeral pile.
    -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3.
    -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies.
    -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34.
    -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अन्त _anta

  • 15 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 16 tip

    I 1. noun
    (end, point) Spitze, die

    the tip of his nose/finger/toe — seine Nasen-/Finger-/Zehenspitze

    it is on the tip of my tongue — es liegt mir auf der Zunge

    2. transitive verb,
    - pp-

    tip something [with stone/brass] — etwas mit einer [Stein-/Messing]spitze versehen

    II 1. intransitive verb,
    - pp- (lean, fall) kippen
    2. transitive verb,
    - pp-
    1) (make tilt) kippen

    tip the balance — (fig.) den Ausschlag geben; see also academic.ru/64432/scale">scale II 1. 2)

    2) (make overturn) umkippen; (Brit.): (discharge) kippen
    3) (mention as likely winner etc.) voraussagen [Sieger]

    be tipped for the Presidency/a post — als Favorit für die Präsidentschaftswahlen/einen Posten genannt werden

    4) (coll.): (give) geben

    tip somebody the wink — (fig.) jemandem Bescheid sagen; (tip somebody off) jemandem einen Tipp geben (ugs.)

    5) (give money to)

    tip somebody [20p] — jemandem [20 Pence] Trinkgeld geben

    3. noun
    1) (money) Trinkgeld, das
    2) (special information) Hinweis, der; Tipp, der (ugs.); (advice) Rat, der
    3) (Brit.): (place for refuse) Müllkippe, die
    4) (derog.): (untidy place) Schweinestall, der
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    I 1. [tip] noun
    (the small or thin end, point or top of something: the tips of my fingers.) die Spitze
    2. verb
    (to put, or form, a tip on: The spear was tipped with an iron point.) beschlagen
    - tipped
    - tip-top
    - be on the tip of one's tongue     II 1. [tip] past tense, past participle - tipped; verb
    1) (to (make something) slant: The boat tipped to one side.) kippen
    2) (to empty (something) from a container, or remove (something) from a surface, with this kind of motion: He tipped the water out of the bucket.) kippen
    3) (to dump (rubbish): People have been tipping their rubbish in this field.) abladen
    2. noun
    (a place where rubbish is thrown: a refuse/rubbish tip.) der Abladeplatz
    III 1. [tip] noun
    (a gift of money given to a waiter etc, for personal service: I gave him a generous tip.) das Trinkgeld
    2. verb
    (to give such a gift to.) Trinkgeld geben
    IV [tip] noun
    (a piece of useful information; a hint: He gave me some good tips on/about gardening.) der Tip
    * * *
    tip1
    [tɪp]
    I. vt
    <- pp->
    1. (attach to extremity of)
    ▪ to \tip sth with sth etw an der Spitze mit etw dat versehen
    to \tip an arrow/a spear with poison einen Pfeil/Speer in Gift [ein]tauchen
    to \tip sth with black/red/white etw in schwarze/rote/weiße Farbe eintauchen
    to \tip sth with silver/steel etw mit einer Silber-/Stahlspitze versehen
    mountains \tipped with snow Berge pl mit schneebedeckten Gipfeln
    2. (dye one's hair)
    to \tip one's hair sich dat die Spitzen färben
    II. n
    1. (pointed end) Spitze f
    asparagus \tip Spargelspitze f
    filter \tip Filtermundstück nt
    the southern \tip of Florida die Südspitze von Florida
    ▪ \tips pl gefärbte Spitzen
    3.
    ▶ to the \tips of sb's fingers durch und durch
    he's a conservative to the \tips of his fingers er ist erzkonservativ
    ▶ the \tip of the iceberg die Spitze des Eisbergs
    ▶ it's on the \tip of my tongue es liegt mir auf der Zunge
    tip2
    [tɪp]
    I. n BRIT
    1. (garbage dump) Deponie f
    rubbish [or waste] \tip Mülldeponie f
    2. ( fam: mess) Saustall m fig pej sl
    II. vt
    <- pp->
    ▪ to \tip sth into sth etw in etw akk ausschütten [o SCHWEIZ ausleeren]
    the child \tipped the toys all over the floor das Kind kippte die Spielsachen über den ganzen Boden aus
    it's \tipping it down BRIT, AUS ( fam) es schüttet [o gießt] fam
    ▪ to \tip sth etw neigen
    to \tip the balance [or scales] ( fig) den Ausschlag geben
    two quick goals \tipped the balance in favour of England zwei schnelle Tore brachten die Entscheidung zu Gunsten Englands
    to \tip the scales at 80 kilos 80 Kilo auf die Waage bringen fam
    to \tip one's chair back seinen Stuhl nach hinten kippen
    to \tip one's hat over one's eyes sich dat den Hut über die Augen ziehen
    to \tip the window das Fenster kippen
    3. (touch)
    ▪ to \tip sth etw antippen; (tap) etw abklopfen
    to \tip one's cap [or hat] an den Hut tippen
    to \tip one's cigarette die Asche von seiner Zigarette abklopfen
    III. vi
    <- pp->
    “No \tipping” „Müll abladen verboten“
    2. (tilt) umkippen
    tip3
    [tɪp]
    I. n
    1. (money) Trinkgeld nt
    to give [or leave] a 10% \tip 10 % Trinkgeld geben
    2. (suggestion) Rat[schlag] m, Tipp m fam
    a \tip about buying a house/growing vegetables ein Tipp für den Hauskauf/Gemüseanbau
    helpful/useful \tip hilfreicher/nützlicher Tipp [o Hinweis]
    hot \tip heißer Tipp fam
    to give sb a \tip jdm einen Tipp geben fam
    to take a \tip from sb jds Rat befolgen
    if you take my \tip, you'll avoid that part of the city wenn du mich fragst, solltest du diesen Teil der Stadt meiden
    II. vt
    <- pp->
    ▪ to \tip sb jdm Trinkgeld geben
    they \tipped the waiter £5 sie gaben dem Ober 5 Pfund Trinkgeld
    ▪ to \tip sth auf etw akk tippen
    Davis is being \tipped to win the championship Davis ist Favorit auf den Meistertitel
    he's \tipped as the next Prime Minister er gilt als der nächste Premierminister
    to be \tipped for success auf Erfolgskurs sein
    3.
    ▶ to \tip one's hand AM sich akk festlegen
    ▶ to \tip sb the wink BRIT jdm einen Wink geben
    III. vi
    <- pp->
    Trinkgeld geben
    * * *
    I [tɪp]
    1. n
    Spitze f; (of cigarette) Filter m

    it was on the tip of my tongue to tell her what I thought of her — ich war fast so weit, ihr zu sagen, was ich von ihr hielt

    it's just the tip of the iceberg (fig) — das ist nur die Spitze des Eisbergs

    See:
    2. vt
    (= put tip on)

    to tip sth with copper/steel etc — etw mit einer Kupfer-/Stahlspitze versehen

    copper/steel-tipped — mit Kupfer-/Stahlspitze

    II
    1. n
    1) (= gratuity) Trinkgeld nt

    what do your tips amount to? —

    £100 a week, plus tips — £ 100 pro Woche, plus Trinkgeld(er)

    2) (= warning) Wink m, Tipp m; (= advice) Tipp m, Hinweis m, Ratschlag m; (RACING) Tipp m
    3)

    (= tap) to give the ball a tip — den Ball nur antippen

    2. vt
    1) (= give gratuity to) Trinkgeld geben (+dat)

    to tip sb £3 — jdm £ 3 Trinkgeld geben

    2) (RACING) tippen auf (+acc), setzen auf (+acc)

    he tipped Golden Boy for the 3.30 — er setzte or tippte im 3.30-Uhr-Rennen auf Golden Boy

    they are tipped to win the competition/election ( Brit fig ) — sie sind die Favoriten in dem Wettbewerb/in der Wahl

    you tipped a winner (lit, fig) — da hast du auf das richtige Pferd gesetzt

    3) (= tap with fingers) tippen or schnipsen an (+acc); (with bat, racket) antippen
    3. vi
    III
    1. vt
    (= tilt, incline) kippen; (= overturn) umkippen; (= pour) liquid kippen, schütten; (= empty) load, sand, rubbish schütten; books, clothes etc schmeißen

    to tip sth backwards/forwards —

    to tip one's hat over one's eyes — sich (dat) den Hut über die Augen ziehen/schieben

    2. vi
    (= incline) kippen; (= dump rubbish) Schutt abladen

    "no tipping", "tipping prohibited" — "Schutt abladen verboten"

    3. n
    1) (Brit for rubbish) Müllkippe f; (for coal) Halde f; (inf = untidy place) Saustall m (inf)
    2)
    * * *
    tip1 [tıp]
    A s
    1. (Schwanz-, Stock- etc) Spitze f, äußerstes (Flügel- etc) Ende, Zipfel m:
    tip of the ear Ohrläppchen n;
    tip of the finger (nose, tongue) Finger-(Nasen-, Zungen)spitze;
    the tips of one’s fingers fig bis in die Fingerspitzen, durch und durch;
    on the tips of one’s toes auf Zehenspitzen;
    I had it ( oder it was) on the tip of my tongue es lag oder schwebte mir auf der Zunge, ich hatte es auf der Zunge
    2. (Berg) Gipfel m, Spitze f: → iceberg
    3. TECH (spitzes) Endstück, besonders
    a) (Stock- etc) Zwinge f
    b) (Pumpen-, Stecker-, Taster- etc) Spitze f
    c) Düse f
    d) Tülle f
    e) (Schuh) Kappe f
    4. Filter m (einer Zigarette)
    B v/t
    1. TECH mit einer Spitze oder Zwinge etc versehen, beschlagen
    2. Büsche etc stutzen
    tip2 [tıp]
    A s
    1. Neigung f:
    give sth a tip → B 2
    2. Br (Schutt- etc) Abladeplatz m, (-)Halde f
    3. TECH Kippvorrichtung f, -anlage f
    B v/t
    1. kippen, neigen:
    tip up hochkippen, -klappen; → balance A 1, scale2 A 1
    2. meist tip over ( oder up) umkippen
    3. Sand etc kippen ( onto auf akk):
    tip off ( oder out) auskippen
    4. tippen an (den Hut etc; zum Gruß): → hat Bes Redew
    5. Br Müll etc abladen
    C v/i
    1. sich neigen:
    tip up hochkippen, -klappen
    2. meist tip over ( oder up) umkippen, FLUG auf den Kopf gehen
    3. tip out herausfallen
    tip3 [tıp]
    A s
    1. Trinkgeld n
    2. (Wett- etc) Tipp m
    3. Tipp m, Wink m, Fingerzeig m, Hinweis m, Rat m:
    take my tip and … hör auf mich und …
    B v/t
    1. jemandem ein Trinkgeld geben:
    tip sb £2 jemandem zwei Pfund Trinkgeld geben;
    tip sb lavishly jemandem ein fürstliches oder großzügiges Trinkgeld geben
    2. jemandem einen Tipp oder Rat geben:
    tip sb off jemandem einen Tipp oder Wink geben ( that dass), jemanden (rechtzeitig) warnen ( about vor dat)
    3. besonders SPORT tippen auf (akk)(as als)
    C v/i Trinkgelder oder ein Trinkgeld geben
    tip4 [tıp]
    A s Klaps m, leichte Berührung:
    give the ball a tip den Ball antippen
    B v/t leicht schlagen oder berühren, Ball antippen
    C v/i trippeln
    * * *
    I 1. noun
    (end, point) Spitze, die

    the tip of his nose/finger/toe — seine Nasen-/Finger-/Zehenspitze

    2. transitive verb,
    - pp-

    tip something [with stone/brass] — etwas mit einer [Stein-/Messing]spitze versehen

    II 1. intransitive verb,
    - pp- (lean, fall) kippen
    2. transitive verb,
    - pp-
    1) (make tilt) kippen

    tip the balance — (fig.) den Ausschlag geben; see also scale II 1. 2)

    2) (make overturn) umkippen; (Brit.): (discharge) kippen
    3) (mention as likely winner etc.) voraussagen [Sieger]

    be tipped for the Presidency/a post — als Favorit für die Präsidentschaftswahlen/einen Posten genannt werden

    4) (coll.): (give) geben

    tip somebody the wink — (fig.) jemandem Bescheid sagen; (tip somebody off) jemandem einen Tipp geben (ugs.)

    tip somebody [20p] — jemandem [20 Pence] Trinkgeld geben

    3. noun
    1) (money) Trinkgeld, das
    2) (special information) Hinweis, der; Tipp, der (ugs.); (advice) Rat, der
    3) (Brit.): (place for refuse) Müllkippe, die
    4) (derog.): (untidy place) Schweinestall, der
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    n.
    Hinweis -e m.
    Kippe -n f.
    Spitze -n (spitzes Ende) f.
    Tip -s (alt.Rechtschreibung) m.
    Tipp -s m.
    Trinkgeld n. (money) v.
    ein Trinkgeld geben ausdr.

    English-german dictionary > tip

  • 17 κεφαλή

    A head of man or beast, Hom. (v.infr.), Alc.15, etc.; once in A., Th. 525 (lyr.), once in S., Aj. 238 (anap.), also in E., Fr. 308 (anap.), Rh. 226 (lyr.), al.;

    ἄλλου οὐδενὸς ἐμψύχου κ. γεύσεται Αἰγυπτίων οὐδείς Hdt.2.39

    ; κεφαλῇ.. μείζονες taller in stature, Il.3.168; so μείων.. κεφαλήν ib. 193 Aristarch.: freq. with Preps.,
    a κατὰ κεφαλῆς, [dialect] Ep. κὰκ κεφαλῆς, down over the head,

    κόνιν.. χεύατο κὰκ κεφαλῆς Il.18.24

    , cf. Od.8.85, etc.
    b κατὰ κεφαλήν, [dialect] Ep. κὰκ κεφαλήν on the head,

    Ἐρύλαον.. βάλε πέτρῳ μέσσην κὰκ κεφαλήν Il.16.412

    , cf. 20.387, 475: in Prose, from above, X.HG7.2.8: c.gen., above, κ. κ. τινῶν γενέσθαι ib.7.2.11; τὸ κ. κ. ὕδωρ, of rain water, Thphr. HP4.10.7 (-ὴν codd.), CP6.18.10 (-ῆς): in Archit., upright, IG22.463.42; also, per head, each person (cf. infr. 1.2), Arist.Pol. 1272a14, LXX Ex.16.16;

    κατὰ κεφαλὴν τῶν κωμητῶν PPetr.2p.17

     (iii B. C.).
    c ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς from head to foot, Il.23.169;

    τὰ πράγματα ἐκ τῶν ποδῶν ἐς τὴν κ. σοι πάντ' ἐρῶ Ar.Pl. 650

    .
    d ἐπὶ κεφαλήν head foremost, ἐπὶ κ. κατορύξαι to bury head downwards, Hdt.3.35; ἐπὶ κ. ὠθέεσθαι to be thrust headlong, Id.7.136, cf. Hyp.Fr. 251;

    ἐπὶ κ. ὠθεῖν τινα ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου Pl.R. 553b

    ;

    ἐπὶ τὴν κ. εἰς κόρακας ὦσον Men.Sam. 138

    ;

    εὐθὺς ἐπὶ κ. εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον βαδίζειν D.42.12

    ; οὐ βουλόμενος πολίτας ἄνδρας ἐπὶ κ. εἰσπράττειν τὸν μισθόν recklessly, Hyp.Lyc.17; ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς περιφέρειν carry on high, in token of admiration, Pl. R. 600d.
    2 as the noblest part, periphr. for the whole person,

    πολλὰς ἰφθίμους κ. Il.11.55

    , cf. Od.1.343, etc.; ἶσον ἐμῇ κ. no less than my self, Il.18.82;

    ἑᾷ κ. Pi.O.7.67

    ; esp. in salutation,

    φίλη κ. Il.8.281

    , cf. 18.114;

    ἠθείη κ. 23.94

    ;

    Ἄπολλον, ὦ δία κ. E.Rh. 226

     (lyr.): in Prose,

    Φαῖδρε, φίλη κ. Pl.Phdr. 264a

    ;

    τῆς θείας κ. Jul.Or. 7.212a

    : in bad sense,

    ὦ κακαὶ κεφαλαί Hdt.3.29

    ;

    ὦ μιαρὰ κ. Ar.Ach. 285

    : periphr. in Prose,

    πεντακοσίας κεφαλὰς τῶν Ξέρξεω πολεμίων Hdt.9.99

    : in bad sense,

    ἡ μιαρὰ καὶ ἀναιδὴς αὕτη κ. D.21.117

    , cf. 18.153;

    ἡ κ. τῶν αὐτοῦ PRein.57.8

     (iv A.D.); μεγάλη κ. a great personage, Vett. Val.74.7; cf. supr. 1 b fin.
    3 life,

    ἐμῇ κ. περιδείδια Il.17.242

    ;

    σύν τε μεγάλῳ ἀπέτεισαν, σὺν σφῇσιν κεφαλῇσι 4.162

    ; παρθέμενοι κεφαλάς staking their heads on the cast, Od.2.237; τὴν κ.

    ἀποβαλέεις Hdt.8.65

    .
    4 in imprecations, ἐς κεφαλὴν τράποιτ' ἐμοί on my head be it! Ar.Ach. 833;

    ἐς τὴν κ. ἅπαντα τὴν σὴν τρέψεται Id.Nu.40

    ;

    ἃ σοὶ καὶ τοῖς σοῖς οἱ θεοὶ τρέψειαν εἰς κ. D.18.290

    ; ἐς κ. σοί (sc. τράποιτο) Ar. Pax 1063, Pl. 526;

    σοὶ εἰς κ. Pl.Euthd. 283e

    ;

    τὰ μὲν πρότερον.. ἐγὼ κεφαλῇ ἀναμάξας φέρω Hdt.1.155

    ;

    οἷς ἂν.. τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. ἀναθεῖεν D.18.294

    ;

    τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κ. ὑμῶν Act.Ap. 18.6

    .
    II of things, extremity,
    a in Botany, κ. σκορόδου head ( = inflorescence) of garlic, Ar.Pl. 718, cf. Plb.12.6.4;

    κ. μήκωνος Thphr.HP9.8.2

    ; ῥίζα κ. ἔχουσα πλείονας tubers, Dsc.3.120.
    b in Anatomy, κεφαλαὶ τῆς κάτω γνάθου, prob. the condyloid and coronoid processes, Hp.Art.30; ἡ κ. τοῦ ὄρχεως, = ἐπιδιδυμίς, Arist.HA 510a14, cf. Gal.4.565; μηροῦ, κνήμης κ., Poll.2.186, 188; of the base of the heart, Gal.UP6.16; but, apex, Hp.Cord.7; of the sac in poulps, Arist.PA 654a23, 685a5; of muscles, origin, Gal.UP7.14.
    c generally, top, brim of a vessel, Theoc.8.87; coping of a wall, X.Cyr.3.3.68; capital of a column, CIG2782.31 ([place name] Aphrodisias), LXX 3 Ki.7.16, Poll.7.121.
    d in pl., source of a river, Hdt.4.91 (butsg., mouth,

    οἶδα Γέλα ποταμοῦ κεφαλῇ ἐπικείμενον ἄστυ Call.Aet.Oxy.2080.48

    ): generally, source, origin, Ζεὺς κ. (v.l. ἀρχή) , Ζεὺς μέσσα, Διὸς δ' ἒκ πάντα τελεῖται τέτυκται codd.) Orph.Fr. 21a; starting-point,

    κ. χρόνου Placit. 2.32.2

     ( κρόνου codd.), Lyd.Mens.3.4; κ. μηνός ib.12.
    e extremity of a plot of land, PPetr.3p.72 (iii B.C.), PFlor.50.83 (iii A.D.).
    III Ὁμηρείη κ. bust of Homer, IG14.1183.10.
    IV κ. περίθετος wig, head-dress, Ar.Th. 258.
    V metaph., κ. δείπνου pièce de résistance, Alex. 172.15.
    2 crown, completion,

    κεφαλὴν ἐπιθεῖναι Pl.Ti. 69b

    ;

    ὥσπερ κ. ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις Id.Phlb. 66d

    , cf. Grg. 505d;

    ὥσπερ κεφαλὴν ἔχουσα ἐπιστήμη Arist.EN 1141a19

    ; consummation,

    σχεῖν κ. Pl.Ti. 39d

    .
    3 sum, total,

    πάσας ἐρρηγείας Tab.Heracl.1.36

    ; of money, IG12(9).7 (Carystus, iv B. C.), SIG245ii 36 (Delph., iv B. C.).
    4 band of men, LXX Jb.1.17; right-hand half of a phalanx (opp. οὐρά), Arr.Tact.8.3, Ael.Tact.7.3.
    5 Astron., κ. τοῦ κόσμου, of Aries, Heph.Astr.1.1. ( ghebh-, cf. κεβλή and Engl. gable.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κεφαλή

  • 18 capud

    căpŭt ( kăp-căpud), ĭtis ( abl. sing. regularly capite:

    capiti,

    Cat. 68, 124; cf. Tib. 1, 1, 72 Huschk., where the MSS., as well as Caes. German. Arat. 213, vary between the two forms), n. [kindr. with Sanscr. kap-āla; Gr. keph-alê; Goth. haubith; Germ. Haupt].
    I.
    The head, of men and animals:

    oscitat in campis caput a cervice revolsum,

    Enn. Ann. 462 Vahl.: i lictor, conliga manus, caput obnubito, form. ap. Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 13; cf. Liv. 1, 26, 6:

    tun' capite cano amas, homo nequissume?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 34; so,

    cano capite,

    id. As. 5, 2, 84; id. Cas. 3, 1, 4; Tib. 1, 1, 72; Pers. 1, 83 al.; cf. Tib. 1, 10, 43, and:

    capitis nives,

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 12, and Quint. 8, 6, 17 Spald.:

    raso capite calvus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 306:

    irraso,

    id. Rud. 5, 2, 16:

    intonsum,

    Quint. 12, 10, 47:

    amputare alicui,

    Suet. Galb. 20; Vulg. 1 Par. 10, 9:

    capite operto,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 34, 34:

    obvoluto,

    id. Phil. 2, 31, 77 Klotz:

    caput aperire,

    id. ib.:

    abscindere cervicibus,

    id. ib. 11, 2, 5:

    demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 32; Cat. 87, 8; Verg. A. 9, 437: attollere. Ov. M. 5, 503:

    extollere,

    to become bold, Cic. Planc. 13, 33: efferre, to raise one ' s head, to be eminent, Verg. E. 1, 25 al.—Of animals, Tib. 2, 1, 8; Hor. S. 1, 2, 89; 2, 3, 200; id. Ep. 1, 1, 76 al.—
    b.
    Prov.: supra caput esse, to be over one ' s head, i. e. to be at one ' s very doors, to threaten in consequence of nearness ( = imminere, impendere), Sall. C. 52, 24; Liv. 3, 17, 2; Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 6; Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. Kritz ad Sall. l. l.: capita conferre (like our phrase to put heads together, i. e to confer together in secret), Liv. 2, 45, 7:

    ire praecipitem in lutum, per caputque pedesque,

    over head and ears, Cat. 17, 9:

    nec caput nec pedes,

    neither beginning nor end, good for nothing, Cic. Fam. 7, 31, 2; cf. Cato ap. Liv. Epit. lib. 50; Plaut. As. 3, 3, 139 sq.—
    c.
    Capita aut navia (al. navim), heads or tails, a play of the Roman youth in which a piece of money is thrown up, to see whether the figure-side (the head of Janus) or the reverse - side (a ship) will fall uppermost, Macr. S. 1, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 3; cf. Ov. F. 1, 239; Paul. Nol. Poëm. 38, 73.—
    d.
    Poet., the head, as the seat of the understanding:

    aliena negotia Per caput saliunt,

    run through the head, Hor. S. 2, 6, 34; so id. ib. 2, 3, 132; id. A. P. 300.—
    e.
    Ad Capita bubula, a place in Rome in the tenth region, where Augustus was born, Suet. Aug. 5.—
    2.
    Transf., of inanimate things.
    a.
    In gen., the head, top, summit, point, end, extremity (beginning or end):

    ulpici,

    Cato, R. R. 71:

    allii,

    Col. 6, 34, 1:

    porri,

    id. 11, 3, 17:

    papaveris,

    Liv. 1, 54, 6; Verg. A. 9, 437:

    bulborum,

    Plin. 19, 5, 30, § 94:

    caulis,

    id. 19, 8, 41, § 140 al.:

    jecoris (or jecinoris, jocinoris),

    Cic. Div. 2, 13, 32; Liv. 8, 9, 1; cf. id. 27, 26, 14; 41, 14, 7; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 244 Müll.:

    extorum,

    Ov. M. 15, 795; Luc. 1, 627; Plin. 11, 37, 73, § 189: pontis, tēte de pont, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 4; cf. Front. Arat. 2, 13, 5:

    tignorum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 9:

    columnae,

    Plin. 34, 3, 7, § 13:

    molis,

    the highest point of the mole, Curt. 4, 2, 23:

    xysti,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 20:

    porticus,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19 al.—
    b.
    Esp., of rivers,
    (α).
    The origin, source, spring ( head):

    caput aquae illud est, unde aqua nascitur,

    Dig. 43, 20, 1, § 8; so Lucr. 5, 270; 6, 636; 6, 729; Tib. 1, 7, 24; Hor. C. 1, 1, 22; id. S. 1, 10, 37; Verg. G. 4, 319; 4, 368; Ov. M. 2, 255; Hirt. B. G. 8, 41; Liv. 1, 51, 9; 2, 38, 1; 37, 18, 6:

    fontium,

    Vitr. 8, 1; Mel. 3, 2, 8; Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 5; 10, 91, 1 al.—
    (β).
    (more rare) The mouth, embouchure, Caes. B. G. 4, 10; Liv. 33, 41, 7; Luc. 2, 52; 3, 202.—
    c.
    Also of plants, sometimes the root, Cato, R. R. 36; 43; 51:

    vitis,

    id. ib. 33, 1; 95, 2; Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 195; Verg. G. 2, 355.—
    d.
    Also, in reference to the vine, vine branches, Col. 3, 10, 1; Cic. Sen. 15, 53.— Poet., also the summit, top of trees, Enn. ap. Gell. 13, 20, and ap. Non. 195, 24; Ov. M. 1, 567; Poët. ap. Quint. 9, 4, 90; Claud. Rapt. Pros. 3, 370. —
    e.
    Of mountains, rocks, Verg. A. 4, 249; 6, 360.—
    f.
    Of a boil that swells out, Cels. 8, 9;

    hence, facere,

    to come to a head, Plin. 22, 25, 76, § 159; 26, 12, 77, § 125; cf.: capita deorum appellabantur fasciculi facti ex verbenis, Paul. ex Fest. p. 64 Müll.—
    II.
    Per meton. (pars pro toto), a man, person, or animal (very freq. in prose and poetry; cf. kara, kephalê,, in the same signif.;

    v. Liddell and Scott and Robinson): pro capite tuo quantum dedit,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 54; id. Pers. 1, 1, 37:

    hoc conruptum'st caput,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 85:

    siquidem hoc vivet caput, i. e. ego,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 33; so id. Stich. 5, 5, 10; cf. id. Capt. 5, 1, 25:

    ridiculum caput!

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 34:

    festivum,

    id. Ad. 2, 3, 8:

    lepidum,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 9:

    carum,

    Verg. A. 4, 354; Hor. C. 1, 24, 2:

    liberum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 32, § 79:

    vilia,

    Liv. 25, 6, 9:

    viliora,

    id. 9, 26, 22:

    vilissima,

    id. 24, 5, 13:

    ignota,

    id. 3, 7, 7; cf. id. 2, 5, 6:

    liberorum servorumque,

    id. 29, 29, 3 al. —In imprecations:

    istic capiti dicito,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 47; cf.:

    vae capiti tuo,

    id. Most. 4, 3, 10; so id. Poen. 3, 3, 32; Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 6; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4; Tib. 1, 2, 12; Verg. A. 8, 484; 11, 399 al.—With numerals:

    capitum Helvetiorum milia CCLXIII.,

    souls, Caes. B. G. 1, 29; 4, 15:

    quot capitum vivunt, totidem studiorum Milia,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 27; id. Ep. 2, 2, 189; cf. id. C. 1, 28, 20 al.; so, in capita, in distribution, to or for each person (cf. in Heb. also, for each head, poll, = for each individual, v. Robinson in h. v.), Liv. 2, 33, 11; 32, 17, 2; 34, 50, 6 al. (cf.:

    in singulos,

    id. 42, 4, 5).—Of. the poll-tax:

    exactio capitum,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 5; so,

    capite censi, v. censeo.—Of animals,

    Verg. A. 3, 391; Col. 6, 5, 4 fin.; 8, 5, 4; 8, 5, 7; 8, 11, 13; Veg. Vet. 1, 18.—
    III.
    Trop.
    1.
    Life, and specif.,
    a.
    Physical life:

    carum,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 33 sq.; 5, 1, 26:

    si capitis res siet,

    if it is a matter of life and death, id. Trin. 4, 2, 120: capitis periculum adire, to risk one ' s life, Ter. And. 4, 1, 53; id. Hec. 3, 1, 54; cf. id. Phorm. 3, 2, 6 Runnk.:

    capitis poena,

    capital punishment, Caes. B. G. 7, 71:

    pactum pro capite pretium,

    Cic. Off. 3, 29, 107:

    cum altero certamen honoris et dignitatis est, cum altero capitis et famae,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 38:

    cum dimicatione capitis,

    id. Prov. Cons. 9, 23; cf.:

    suo capite decernere,

    id. Att. 10, 9, 2; so Liv. 2, 12, 10; Cic. Fin. 5, 22, 64; Liv. 9, 5, 5:

    caput offerre pro patriā,

    Cic. Sull. 30, 84:

    patrium tibi crede caput, i. e. patris vitam et salutem,

    Ov. M. 8, 94; so,

    capitis accusare,

    to accuse of a capital crime, Nep. Paus. 2 fin.:

    absolvere,

    id. Milt. 7, 6:

    damnare,

    id. Alcib. 4, 5; id. Eum. 5, 1:

    tergo ac capite puniri,

    Liv. 3, 55, 14:

    caput Jovi sacrum,

    id. 3, 55, 7:

    sacratum,

    id. 10, 38, 3 al.; cf. Ov. M. 9, 296.—
    b.
    Civil or political life, acc. to the Roman idea, including the rights of liberty, citizenship, [p. 290] and family (libertatis, civitatis, familiae): its loss or deprivation was called deminutio or minutio capitis, acc. to the foll. jurid. distinction: capitis deminutionis tria genera sunt: maxima, media, minima; tria enim sunt, quae habemus: libertatem, civitatem, familiam. Igitur cum omnia haec amittimus (as by servitude or condemnation to death), maximam esse capitis deminutionem; cum vero amittimus civitatem (as in the interdictio aquae et ignis) libertatem retinemus, mediam esse capitis deminutionem;

    cum et libertas et civitas retinetur, familia tantum mutatur (as by adoption, or, in the case of women, by marriage) minimam esse capitis deminutionem constat,

    Dig. 4, 5, 11; cf. Just. Inst. 1, 16, 4; Cic. de Or. 1, 40, 181; 1, 54, 231; id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; Liv. 3, 55, 14; 22, 60, 15:

    capitis minor,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 42:

    servus manumissus capite non minuitur, quia nulnum caput habuit,

    Dig. 4, 5, 3, § 1.—Of the deminutio media, Cic. Brut. 36, 136; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, §§ 98 and 99; id. Quint. 2, 8 al.—Of the deminutio minima, Cic. Top. 4, 18; cf. Gai Inst. 1, 162.—
    2. (α).
    With gen.:

    scelerum,

    an arrant knave, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 4, 7, 31; id. Mil. 2, 6, 14; id. Ps. 1, 5, 31; 4, 5, 3; id. Rud. 4, 4, 54:

    perjuri,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 55:

    concitandorum Graecorum,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 42:

    consilil,

    Liv. 8, 31, 7:

    conjurationis,

    id. 9, 26, 7:

    caput rei Romanae Camillus,

    id. 6, 3, 1; cf.:

    caput rerum Masinissam fuisse,

    id. 28, 35, 12; so id. 26, 40, 13:

    reipublicae,

    Tac. A. 1, 13:

    nominis Latini,

    heads, chiefs, Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    belli,

    id. 45, 7, 3:

    Suevorum,

    chieftribe, Tac. G. 39 fin. al.—The predicate in gen. masc.:

    capita conjurationis ejus virgis caesi ac securi percussi,

    Liv. 10, 1, 3.—
    (β).
    With esse and dat.:

    ego caput fui argento reperiundo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 138; cf.:

    illic est huic rei caput,

    author, contriver, Ter. And. 2, 6, 27; so id. Ad. 4, 2, 29 al.—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    urgerent philosophorum greges, jam ab illo fonte et capite Socrate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 42:

    corpori valido caput deerat,

    guide, leader, Liv. 5, 46, 5:

    esse aliquod caput (i. e. regem) placebat,

    id. 1, 17, 4; cf. id. 1, 23, 4; Hor. S. 2, 5, 74 al.—Of things, head, chief, capital, etc.;

    thus of cities: Thebas caput fuisse totius Graeciae,

    head, first city, Nep. Epam. 10 fin.; so with gen., Liv. 9, 37, 12; 10, 37, 4 Weissenb. ad loc.; 23, 11, 11; 37, 18, 3 (with arx); cf.:

    pro capite atque arce Italiae, urbe Romanā,

    Liv. 22, 32, 5; and with dat.:

    Romam caput Latio esse,

    id. 8, 4, 5; and:

    brevi caput Italiae omni Capuam fore,

    id. 23, 10, 2 Drak. N. cr. —Of other localities:

    castellum quod caput ejus regionis erat,

    the head, principal place, Liv. 21, 33, 11.—Of other things:

    jus nigrum, quod cenae caput erat,

    the principal dish, Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 98; cf. id. Fin. 2, 8, 25:

    patrimonii publici,

    id. Agr. 1, 7, 21; cf. id. ib. 2, 29, 80; Liv. 6, 14, 10: caput esse artis, decere, the main or principal point, Cic. de Or. 1, 29, 132:

    caput esse ad beate vivendum securitatem,

    id. Lael. 13, 45: ad consilium de re publicā dandum caput est nosse rem publicam;

    ad dicendum vero probabiliter, nosse mores civitatis,

    id. de Or. 2, 82, 337; 1, 19, 87:

    litterarum,

    summary, purport, substance, id. Phil. 2, 31, 77:

    caput Epicuri,

    the fundamental principle, dogma, id. Ac. 2, 32, 101; cf. Quint. 3, 11, 27: rerum, the chief or central point, head, Cic. Brut. 44, 164.—So in writings, a division, section, paragraph, chapter, etc.:

    a primo capite legis usque ad extremum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 15; cf. id. ib. 2, 10, 26; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46, § 118 Ascon.; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4; Gell. 2, 15, 4 al.; Cic. de Or. 2, 55, 223; id. Fam. 7, 22 med.; Quint. 10, 7, 32:

    id quod caput est,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 4; so id. Fam. 3, 7, 4.—Of money, the principal sum, the capital, stock (syn. sors;

    opp. usurae),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 11; 2, 3, 35, § 80 sq.; id. Att. 15, 26, 4; Liv. 6, 15, 10; 6, 35, 4; Hor. S. 1, 2, 14 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > capud

  • 19 caput

    căpŭt ( kăp-căpud), ĭtis ( abl. sing. regularly capite:

    capiti,

    Cat. 68, 124; cf. Tib. 1, 1, 72 Huschk., where the MSS., as well as Caes. German. Arat. 213, vary between the two forms), n. [kindr. with Sanscr. kap-āla; Gr. keph-alê; Goth. haubith; Germ. Haupt].
    I.
    The head, of men and animals:

    oscitat in campis caput a cervice revolsum,

    Enn. Ann. 462 Vahl.: i lictor, conliga manus, caput obnubito, form. ap. Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 13; cf. Liv. 1, 26, 6:

    tun' capite cano amas, homo nequissume?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 34; so,

    cano capite,

    id. As. 5, 2, 84; id. Cas. 3, 1, 4; Tib. 1, 1, 72; Pers. 1, 83 al.; cf. Tib. 1, 10, 43, and:

    capitis nives,

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 12, and Quint. 8, 6, 17 Spald.:

    raso capite calvus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 306:

    irraso,

    id. Rud. 5, 2, 16:

    intonsum,

    Quint. 12, 10, 47:

    amputare alicui,

    Suet. Galb. 20; Vulg. 1 Par. 10, 9:

    capite operto,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 34, 34:

    obvoluto,

    id. Phil. 2, 31, 77 Klotz:

    caput aperire,

    id. ib.:

    abscindere cervicibus,

    id. ib. 11, 2, 5:

    demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 32; Cat. 87, 8; Verg. A. 9, 437: attollere. Ov. M. 5, 503:

    extollere,

    to become bold, Cic. Planc. 13, 33: efferre, to raise one ' s head, to be eminent, Verg. E. 1, 25 al.—Of animals, Tib. 2, 1, 8; Hor. S. 1, 2, 89; 2, 3, 200; id. Ep. 1, 1, 76 al.—
    b.
    Prov.: supra caput esse, to be over one ' s head, i. e. to be at one ' s very doors, to threaten in consequence of nearness ( = imminere, impendere), Sall. C. 52, 24; Liv. 3, 17, 2; Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 6; Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. Kritz ad Sall. l. l.: capita conferre (like our phrase to put heads together, i. e to confer together in secret), Liv. 2, 45, 7:

    ire praecipitem in lutum, per caputque pedesque,

    over head and ears, Cat. 17, 9:

    nec caput nec pedes,

    neither beginning nor end, good for nothing, Cic. Fam. 7, 31, 2; cf. Cato ap. Liv. Epit. lib. 50; Plaut. As. 3, 3, 139 sq.—
    c.
    Capita aut navia (al. navim), heads or tails, a play of the Roman youth in which a piece of money is thrown up, to see whether the figure-side (the head of Janus) or the reverse - side (a ship) will fall uppermost, Macr. S. 1, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 3; cf. Ov. F. 1, 239; Paul. Nol. Poëm. 38, 73.—
    d.
    Poet., the head, as the seat of the understanding:

    aliena negotia Per caput saliunt,

    run through the head, Hor. S. 2, 6, 34; so id. ib. 2, 3, 132; id. A. P. 300.—
    e.
    Ad Capita bubula, a place in Rome in the tenth region, where Augustus was born, Suet. Aug. 5.—
    2.
    Transf., of inanimate things.
    a.
    In gen., the head, top, summit, point, end, extremity (beginning or end):

    ulpici,

    Cato, R. R. 71:

    allii,

    Col. 6, 34, 1:

    porri,

    id. 11, 3, 17:

    papaveris,

    Liv. 1, 54, 6; Verg. A. 9, 437:

    bulborum,

    Plin. 19, 5, 30, § 94:

    caulis,

    id. 19, 8, 41, § 140 al.:

    jecoris (or jecinoris, jocinoris),

    Cic. Div. 2, 13, 32; Liv. 8, 9, 1; cf. id. 27, 26, 14; 41, 14, 7; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 244 Müll.:

    extorum,

    Ov. M. 15, 795; Luc. 1, 627; Plin. 11, 37, 73, § 189: pontis, tēte de pont, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 4; cf. Front. Arat. 2, 13, 5:

    tignorum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 9:

    columnae,

    Plin. 34, 3, 7, § 13:

    molis,

    the highest point of the mole, Curt. 4, 2, 23:

    xysti,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 20:

    porticus,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19 al.—
    b.
    Esp., of rivers,
    (α).
    The origin, source, spring ( head):

    caput aquae illud est, unde aqua nascitur,

    Dig. 43, 20, 1, § 8; so Lucr. 5, 270; 6, 636; 6, 729; Tib. 1, 7, 24; Hor. C. 1, 1, 22; id. S. 1, 10, 37; Verg. G. 4, 319; 4, 368; Ov. M. 2, 255; Hirt. B. G. 8, 41; Liv. 1, 51, 9; 2, 38, 1; 37, 18, 6:

    fontium,

    Vitr. 8, 1; Mel. 3, 2, 8; Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 5; 10, 91, 1 al.—
    (β).
    (more rare) The mouth, embouchure, Caes. B. G. 4, 10; Liv. 33, 41, 7; Luc. 2, 52; 3, 202.—
    c.
    Also of plants, sometimes the root, Cato, R. R. 36; 43; 51:

    vitis,

    id. ib. 33, 1; 95, 2; Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 195; Verg. G. 2, 355.—
    d.
    Also, in reference to the vine, vine branches, Col. 3, 10, 1; Cic. Sen. 15, 53.— Poet., also the summit, top of trees, Enn. ap. Gell. 13, 20, and ap. Non. 195, 24; Ov. M. 1, 567; Poët. ap. Quint. 9, 4, 90; Claud. Rapt. Pros. 3, 370. —
    e.
    Of mountains, rocks, Verg. A. 4, 249; 6, 360.—
    f.
    Of a boil that swells out, Cels. 8, 9;

    hence, facere,

    to come to a head, Plin. 22, 25, 76, § 159; 26, 12, 77, § 125; cf.: capita deorum appellabantur fasciculi facti ex verbenis, Paul. ex Fest. p. 64 Müll.—
    II.
    Per meton. (pars pro toto), a man, person, or animal (very freq. in prose and poetry; cf. kara, kephalê,, in the same signif.;

    v. Liddell and Scott and Robinson): pro capite tuo quantum dedit,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 54; id. Pers. 1, 1, 37:

    hoc conruptum'st caput,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 85:

    siquidem hoc vivet caput, i. e. ego,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 33; so id. Stich. 5, 5, 10; cf. id. Capt. 5, 1, 25:

    ridiculum caput!

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 34:

    festivum,

    id. Ad. 2, 3, 8:

    lepidum,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 9:

    carum,

    Verg. A. 4, 354; Hor. C. 1, 24, 2:

    liberum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 32, § 79:

    vilia,

    Liv. 25, 6, 9:

    viliora,

    id. 9, 26, 22:

    vilissima,

    id. 24, 5, 13:

    ignota,

    id. 3, 7, 7; cf. id. 2, 5, 6:

    liberorum servorumque,

    id. 29, 29, 3 al. —In imprecations:

    istic capiti dicito,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 47; cf.:

    vae capiti tuo,

    id. Most. 4, 3, 10; so id. Poen. 3, 3, 32; Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 6; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4; Tib. 1, 2, 12; Verg. A. 8, 484; 11, 399 al.—With numerals:

    capitum Helvetiorum milia CCLXIII.,

    souls, Caes. B. G. 1, 29; 4, 15:

    quot capitum vivunt, totidem studiorum Milia,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 27; id. Ep. 2, 2, 189; cf. id. C. 1, 28, 20 al.; so, in capita, in distribution, to or for each person (cf. in Heb. also, for each head, poll, = for each individual, v. Robinson in h. v.), Liv. 2, 33, 11; 32, 17, 2; 34, 50, 6 al. (cf.:

    in singulos,

    id. 42, 4, 5).—Of. the poll-tax:

    exactio capitum,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 5; so,

    capite censi, v. censeo.—Of animals,

    Verg. A. 3, 391; Col. 6, 5, 4 fin.; 8, 5, 4; 8, 5, 7; 8, 11, 13; Veg. Vet. 1, 18.—
    III.
    Trop.
    1.
    Life, and specif.,
    a.
    Physical life:

    carum,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 33 sq.; 5, 1, 26:

    si capitis res siet,

    if it is a matter of life and death, id. Trin. 4, 2, 120: capitis periculum adire, to risk one ' s life, Ter. And. 4, 1, 53; id. Hec. 3, 1, 54; cf. id. Phorm. 3, 2, 6 Runnk.:

    capitis poena,

    capital punishment, Caes. B. G. 7, 71:

    pactum pro capite pretium,

    Cic. Off. 3, 29, 107:

    cum altero certamen honoris et dignitatis est, cum altero capitis et famae,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 38:

    cum dimicatione capitis,

    id. Prov. Cons. 9, 23; cf.:

    suo capite decernere,

    id. Att. 10, 9, 2; so Liv. 2, 12, 10; Cic. Fin. 5, 22, 64; Liv. 9, 5, 5:

    caput offerre pro patriā,

    Cic. Sull. 30, 84:

    patrium tibi crede caput, i. e. patris vitam et salutem,

    Ov. M. 8, 94; so,

    capitis accusare,

    to accuse of a capital crime, Nep. Paus. 2 fin.:

    absolvere,

    id. Milt. 7, 6:

    damnare,

    id. Alcib. 4, 5; id. Eum. 5, 1:

    tergo ac capite puniri,

    Liv. 3, 55, 14:

    caput Jovi sacrum,

    id. 3, 55, 7:

    sacratum,

    id. 10, 38, 3 al.; cf. Ov. M. 9, 296.—
    b.
    Civil or political life, acc. to the Roman idea, including the rights of liberty, citizenship, [p. 290] and family (libertatis, civitatis, familiae): its loss or deprivation was called deminutio or minutio capitis, acc. to the foll. jurid. distinction: capitis deminutionis tria genera sunt: maxima, media, minima; tria enim sunt, quae habemus: libertatem, civitatem, familiam. Igitur cum omnia haec amittimus (as by servitude or condemnation to death), maximam esse capitis deminutionem; cum vero amittimus civitatem (as in the interdictio aquae et ignis) libertatem retinemus, mediam esse capitis deminutionem;

    cum et libertas et civitas retinetur, familia tantum mutatur (as by adoption, or, in the case of women, by marriage) minimam esse capitis deminutionem constat,

    Dig. 4, 5, 11; cf. Just. Inst. 1, 16, 4; Cic. de Or. 1, 40, 181; 1, 54, 231; id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; Liv. 3, 55, 14; 22, 60, 15:

    capitis minor,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 42:

    servus manumissus capite non minuitur, quia nulnum caput habuit,

    Dig. 4, 5, 3, § 1.—Of the deminutio media, Cic. Brut. 36, 136; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, §§ 98 and 99; id. Quint. 2, 8 al.—Of the deminutio minima, Cic. Top. 4, 18; cf. Gai Inst. 1, 162.—
    2. (α).
    With gen.:

    scelerum,

    an arrant knave, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 4, 7, 31; id. Mil. 2, 6, 14; id. Ps. 1, 5, 31; 4, 5, 3; id. Rud. 4, 4, 54:

    perjuri,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 55:

    concitandorum Graecorum,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 42:

    consilil,

    Liv. 8, 31, 7:

    conjurationis,

    id. 9, 26, 7:

    caput rei Romanae Camillus,

    id. 6, 3, 1; cf.:

    caput rerum Masinissam fuisse,

    id. 28, 35, 12; so id. 26, 40, 13:

    reipublicae,

    Tac. A. 1, 13:

    nominis Latini,

    heads, chiefs, Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    belli,

    id. 45, 7, 3:

    Suevorum,

    chieftribe, Tac. G. 39 fin. al.—The predicate in gen. masc.:

    capita conjurationis ejus virgis caesi ac securi percussi,

    Liv. 10, 1, 3.—
    (β).
    With esse and dat.:

    ego caput fui argento reperiundo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 138; cf.:

    illic est huic rei caput,

    author, contriver, Ter. And. 2, 6, 27; so id. Ad. 4, 2, 29 al.—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    urgerent philosophorum greges, jam ab illo fonte et capite Socrate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 42:

    corpori valido caput deerat,

    guide, leader, Liv. 5, 46, 5:

    esse aliquod caput (i. e. regem) placebat,

    id. 1, 17, 4; cf. id. 1, 23, 4; Hor. S. 2, 5, 74 al.—Of things, head, chief, capital, etc.;

    thus of cities: Thebas caput fuisse totius Graeciae,

    head, first city, Nep. Epam. 10 fin.; so with gen., Liv. 9, 37, 12; 10, 37, 4 Weissenb. ad loc.; 23, 11, 11; 37, 18, 3 (with arx); cf.:

    pro capite atque arce Italiae, urbe Romanā,

    Liv. 22, 32, 5; and with dat.:

    Romam caput Latio esse,

    id. 8, 4, 5; and:

    brevi caput Italiae omni Capuam fore,

    id. 23, 10, 2 Drak. N. cr. —Of other localities:

    castellum quod caput ejus regionis erat,

    the head, principal place, Liv. 21, 33, 11.—Of other things:

    jus nigrum, quod cenae caput erat,

    the principal dish, Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 98; cf. id. Fin. 2, 8, 25:

    patrimonii publici,

    id. Agr. 1, 7, 21; cf. id. ib. 2, 29, 80; Liv. 6, 14, 10: caput esse artis, decere, the main or principal point, Cic. de Or. 1, 29, 132:

    caput esse ad beate vivendum securitatem,

    id. Lael. 13, 45: ad consilium de re publicā dandum caput est nosse rem publicam;

    ad dicendum vero probabiliter, nosse mores civitatis,

    id. de Or. 2, 82, 337; 1, 19, 87:

    litterarum,

    summary, purport, substance, id. Phil. 2, 31, 77:

    caput Epicuri,

    the fundamental principle, dogma, id. Ac. 2, 32, 101; cf. Quint. 3, 11, 27: rerum, the chief or central point, head, Cic. Brut. 44, 164.—So in writings, a division, section, paragraph, chapter, etc.:

    a primo capite legis usque ad extremum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 15; cf. id. ib. 2, 10, 26; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46, § 118 Ascon.; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4; Gell. 2, 15, 4 al.; Cic. de Or. 2, 55, 223; id. Fam. 7, 22 med.; Quint. 10, 7, 32:

    id quod caput est,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 4; so id. Fam. 3, 7, 4.—Of money, the principal sum, the capital, stock (syn. sors;

    opp. usurae),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 11; 2, 3, 35, § 80 sq.; id. Att. 15, 26, 4; Liv. 6, 15, 10; 6, 35, 4; Hor. S. 1, 2, 14 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > caput

  • 20 kaput

    căpŭt ( kăp-căpud), ĭtis ( abl. sing. regularly capite:

    capiti,

    Cat. 68, 124; cf. Tib. 1, 1, 72 Huschk., where the MSS., as well as Caes. German. Arat. 213, vary between the two forms), n. [kindr. with Sanscr. kap-āla; Gr. keph-alê; Goth. haubith; Germ. Haupt].
    I.
    The head, of men and animals:

    oscitat in campis caput a cervice revolsum,

    Enn. Ann. 462 Vahl.: i lictor, conliga manus, caput obnubito, form. ap. Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 13; cf. Liv. 1, 26, 6:

    tun' capite cano amas, homo nequissume?

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 34; so,

    cano capite,

    id. As. 5, 2, 84; id. Cas. 3, 1, 4; Tib. 1, 1, 72; Pers. 1, 83 al.; cf. Tib. 1, 10, 43, and:

    capitis nives,

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 12, and Quint. 8, 6, 17 Spald.:

    raso capite calvus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 306:

    irraso,

    id. Rud. 5, 2, 16:

    intonsum,

    Quint. 12, 10, 47:

    amputare alicui,

    Suet. Galb. 20; Vulg. 1 Par. 10, 9:

    capite operto,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 34, 34:

    obvoluto,

    id. Phil. 2, 31, 77 Klotz:

    caput aperire,

    id. ib.:

    abscindere cervicibus,

    id. ib. 11, 2, 5:

    demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 32; Cat. 87, 8; Verg. A. 9, 437: attollere. Ov. M. 5, 503:

    extollere,

    to become bold, Cic. Planc. 13, 33: efferre, to raise one ' s head, to be eminent, Verg. E. 1, 25 al.—Of animals, Tib. 2, 1, 8; Hor. S. 1, 2, 89; 2, 3, 200; id. Ep. 1, 1, 76 al.—
    b.
    Prov.: supra caput esse, to be over one ' s head, i. e. to be at one ' s very doors, to threaten in consequence of nearness ( = imminere, impendere), Sall. C. 52, 24; Liv. 3, 17, 2; Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 6; Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. Kritz ad Sall. l. l.: capita conferre (like our phrase to put heads together, i. e to confer together in secret), Liv. 2, 45, 7:

    ire praecipitem in lutum, per caputque pedesque,

    over head and ears, Cat. 17, 9:

    nec caput nec pedes,

    neither beginning nor end, good for nothing, Cic. Fam. 7, 31, 2; cf. Cato ap. Liv. Epit. lib. 50; Plaut. As. 3, 3, 139 sq.—
    c.
    Capita aut navia (al. navim), heads or tails, a play of the Roman youth in which a piece of money is thrown up, to see whether the figure-side (the head of Janus) or the reverse - side (a ship) will fall uppermost, Macr. S. 1, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 3; cf. Ov. F. 1, 239; Paul. Nol. Poëm. 38, 73.—
    d.
    Poet., the head, as the seat of the understanding:

    aliena negotia Per caput saliunt,

    run through the head, Hor. S. 2, 6, 34; so id. ib. 2, 3, 132; id. A. P. 300.—
    e.
    Ad Capita bubula, a place in Rome in the tenth region, where Augustus was born, Suet. Aug. 5.—
    2.
    Transf., of inanimate things.
    a.
    In gen., the head, top, summit, point, end, extremity (beginning or end):

    ulpici,

    Cato, R. R. 71:

    allii,

    Col. 6, 34, 1:

    porri,

    id. 11, 3, 17:

    papaveris,

    Liv. 1, 54, 6; Verg. A. 9, 437:

    bulborum,

    Plin. 19, 5, 30, § 94:

    caulis,

    id. 19, 8, 41, § 140 al.:

    jecoris (or jecinoris, jocinoris),

    Cic. Div. 2, 13, 32; Liv. 8, 9, 1; cf. id. 27, 26, 14; 41, 14, 7; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 244 Müll.:

    extorum,

    Ov. M. 15, 795; Luc. 1, 627; Plin. 11, 37, 73, § 189: pontis, tēte de pont, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 4; cf. Front. Arat. 2, 13, 5:

    tignorum,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 9:

    columnae,

    Plin. 34, 3, 7, § 13:

    molis,

    the highest point of the mole, Curt. 4, 2, 23:

    xysti,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 20:

    porticus,

    id. ib. 5, 6, 19 al.—
    b.
    Esp., of rivers,
    (α).
    The origin, source, spring ( head):

    caput aquae illud est, unde aqua nascitur,

    Dig. 43, 20, 1, § 8; so Lucr. 5, 270; 6, 636; 6, 729; Tib. 1, 7, 24; Hor. C. 1, 1, 22; id. S. 1, 10, 37; Verg. G. 4, 319; 4, 368; Ov. M. 2, 255; Hirt. B. G. 8, 41; Liv. 1, 51, 9; 2, 38, 1; 37, 18, 6:

    fontium,

    Vitr. 8, 1; Mel. 3, 2, 8; Plin. Ep. 8, 8, 5; 10, 91, 1 al.—
    (β).
    (more rare) The mouth, embouchure, Caes. B. G. 4, 10; Liv. 33, 41, 7; Luc. 2, 52; 3, 202.—
    c.
    Also of plants, sometimes the root, Cato, R. R. 36; 43; 51:

    vitis,

    id. ib. 33, 1; 95, 2; Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 195; Verg. G. 2, 355.—
    d.
    Also, in reference to the vine, vine branches, Col. 3, 10, 1; Cic. Sen. 15, 53.— Poet., also the summit, top of trees, Enn. ap. Gell. 13, 20, and ap. Non. 195, 24; Ov. M. 1, 567; Poët. ap. Quint. 9, 4, 90; Claud. Rapt. Pros. 3, 370. —
    e.
    Of mountains, rocks, Verg. A. 4, 249; 6, 360.—
    f.
    Of a boil that swells out, Cels. 8, 9;

    hence, facere,

    to come to a head, Plin. 22, 25, 76, § 159; 26, 12, 77, § 125; cf.: capita deorum appellabantur fasciculi facti ex verbenis, Paul. ex Fest. p. 64 Müll.—
    II.
    Per meton. (pars pro toto), a man, person, or animal (very freq. in prose and poetry; cf. kara, kephalê,, in the same signif.;

    v. Liddell and Scott and Robinson): pro capite tuo quantum dedit,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 54; id. Pers. 1, 1, 37:

    hoc conruptum'st caput,

    id. Ep. 1, 1, 85:

    siquidem hoc vivet caput, i. e. ego,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 33; so id. Stich. 5, 5, 10; cf. id. Capt. 5, 1, 25:

    ridiculum caput!

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 34:

    festivum,

    id. Ad. 2, 3, 8:

    lepidum,

    id. ib. 5, 9, 9:

    carum,

    Verg. A. 4, 354; Hor. C. 1, 24, 2:

    liberum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 32, § 79:

    vilia,

    Liv. 25, 6, 9:

    viliora,

    id. 9, 26, 22:

    vilissima,

    id. 24, 5, 13:

    ignota,

    id. 3, 7, 7; cf. id. 2, 5, 6:

    liberorum servorumque,

    id. 29, 29, 3 al. —In imprecations:

    istic capiti dicito,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 47; cf.:

    vae capiti tuo,

    id. Most. 4, 3, 10; so id. Poen. 3, 3, 32; Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 6; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 1, 4; Tib. 1, 2, 12; Verg. A. 8, 484; 11, 399 al.—With numerals:

    capitum Helvetiorum milia CCLXIII.,

    souls, Caes. B. G. 1, 29; 4, 15:

    quot capitum vivunt, totidem studiorum Milia,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 27; id. Ep. 2, 2, 189; cf. id. C. 1, 28, 20 al.; so, in capita, in distribution, to or for each person (cf. in Heb. also, for each head, poll, = for each individual, v. Robinson in h. v.), Liv. 2, 33, 11; 32, 17, 2; 34, 50, 6 al. (cf.:

    in singulos,

    id. 42, 4, 5).—Of. the poll-tax:

    exactio capitum,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 5; so,

    capite censi, v. censeo.—Of animals,

    Verg. A. 3, 391; Col. 6, 5, 4 fin.; 8, 5, 4; 8, 5, 7; 8, 11, 13; Veg. Vet. 1, 18.—
    III.
    Trop.
    1.
    Life, and specif.,
    a.
    Physical life:

    carum,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 33 sq.; 5, 1, 26:

    si capitis res siet,

    if it is a matter of life and death, id. Trin. 4, 2, 120: capitis periculum adire, to risk one ' s life, Ter. And. 4, 1, 53; id. Hec. 3, 1, 54; cf. id. Phorm. 3, 2, 6 Runnk.:

    capitis poena,

    capital punishment, Caes. B. G. 7, 71:

    pactum pro capite pretium,

    Cic. Off. 3, 29, 107:

    cum altero certamen honoris et dignitatis est, cum altero capitis et famae,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 38:

    cum dimicatione capitis,

    id. Prov. Cons. 9, 23; cf.:

    suo capite decernere,

    id. Att. 10, 9, 2; so Liv. 2, 12, 10; Cic. Fin. 5, 22, 64; Liv. 9, 5, 5:

    caput offerre pro patriā,

    Cic. Sull. 30, 84:

    patrium tibi crede caput, i. e. patris vitam et salutem,

    Ov. M. 8, 94; so,

    capitis accusare,

    to accuse of a capital crime, Nep. Paus. 2 fin.:

    absolvere,

    id. Milt. 7, 6:

    damnare,

    id. Alcib. 4, 5; id. Eum. 5, 1:

    tergo ac capite puniri,

    Liv. 3, 55, 14:

    caput Jovi sacrum,

    id. 3, 55, 7:

    sacratum,

    id. 10, 38, 3 al.; cf. Ov. M. 9, 296.—
    b.
    Civil or political life, acc. to the Roman idea, including the rights of liberty, citizenship, [p. 290] and family (libertatis, civitatis, familiae): its loss or deprivation was called deminutio or minutio capitis, acc. to the foll. jurid. distinction: capitis deminutionis tria genera sunt: maxima, media, minima; tria enim sunt, quae habemus: libertatem, civitatem, familiam. Igitur cum omnia haec amittimus (as by servitude or condemnation to death), maximam esse capitis deminutionem; cum vero amittimus civitatem (as in the interdictio aquae et ignis) libertatem retinemus, mediam esse capitis deminutionem;

    cum et libertas et civitas retinetur, familia tantum mutatur (as by adoption, or, in the case of women, by marriage) minimam esse capitis deminutionem constat,

    Dig. 4, 5, 11; cf. Just. Inst. 1, 16, 4; Cic. de Or. 1, 40, 181; 1, 54, 231; id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; Liv. 3, 55, 14; 22, 60, 15:

    capitis minor,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 42:

    servus manumissus capite non minuitur, quia nulnum caput habuit,

    Dig. 4, 5, 3, § 1.—Of the deminutio media, Cic. Brut. 36, 136; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, §§ 98 and 99; id. Quint. 2, 8 al.—Of the deminutio minima, Cic. Top. 4, 18; cf. Gai Inst. 1, 162.—
    2. (α).
    With gen.:

    scelerum,

    an arrant knave, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 4, 7, 31; id. Mil. 2, 6, 14; id. Ps. 1, 5, 31; 4, 5, 3; id. Rud. 4, 4, 54:

    perjuri,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 55:

    concitandorum Graecorum,

    Cic. Fl. 18, 42:

    consilil,

    Liv. 8, 31, 7:

    conjurationis,

    id. 9, 26, 7:

    caput rei Romanae Camillus,

    id. 6, 3, 1; cf.:

    caput rerum Masinissam fuisse,

    id. 28, 35, 12; so id. 26, 40, 13:

    reipublicae,

    Tac. A. 1, 13:

    nominis Latini,

    heads, chiefs, Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    belli,

    id. 45, 7, 3:

    Suevorum,

    chieftribe, Tac. G. 39 fin. al.—The predicate in gen. masc.:

    capita conjurationis ejus virgis caesi ac securi percussi,

    Liv. 10, 1, 3.—
    (β).
    With esse and dat.:

    ego caput fui argento reperiundo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 138; cf.:

    illic est huic rei caput,

    author, contriver, Ter. And. 2, 6, 27; so id. Ad. 4, 2, 29 al.—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    urgerent philosophorum greges, jam ab illo fonte et capite Socrate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 10, 42:

    corpori valido caput deerat,

    guide, leader, Liv. 5, 46, 5:

    esse aliquod caput (i. e. regem) placebat,

    id. 1, 17, 4; cf. id. 1, 23, 4; Hor. S. 2, 5, 74 al.—Of things, head, chief, capital, etc.;

    thus of cities: Thebas caput fuisse totius Graeciae,

    head, first city, Nep. Epam. 10 fin.; so with gen., Liv. 9, 37, 12; 10, 37, 4 Weissenb. ad loc.; 23, 11, 11; 37, 18, 3 (with arx); cf.:

    pro capite atque arce Italiae, urbe Romanā,

    Liv. 22, 32, 5; and with dat.:

    Romam caput Latio esse,

    id. 8, 4, 5; and:

    brevi caput Italiae omni Capuam fore,

    id. 23, 10, 2 Drak. N. cr. —Of other localities:

    castellum quod caput ejus regionis erat,

    the head, principal place, Liv. 21, 33, 11.—Of other things:

    jus nigrum, quod cenae caput erat,

    the principal dish, Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 98; cf. id. Fin. 2, 8, 25:

    patrimonii publici,

    id. Agr. 1, 7, 21; cf. id. ib. 2, 29, 80; Liv. 6, 14, 10: caput esse artis, decere, the main or principal point, Cic. de Or. 1, 29, 132:

    caput esse ad beate vivendum securitatem,

    id. Lael. 13, 45: ad consilium de re publicā dandum caput est nosse rem publicam;

    ad dicendum vero probabiliter, nosse mores civitatis,

    id. de Or. 2, 82, 337; 1, 19, 87:

    litterarum,

    summary, purport, substance, id. Phil. 2, 31, 77:

    caput Epicuri,

    the fundamental principle, dogma, id. Ac. 2, 32, 101; cf. Quint. 3, 11, 27: rerum, the chief or central point, head, Cic. Brut. 44, 164.—So in writings, a division, section, paragraph, chapter, etc.:

    a primo capite legis usque ad extremum,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 6, 15; cf. id. ib. 2, 10, 26; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46, § 118 Ascon.; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4; Gell. 2, 15, 4 al.; Cic. de Or. 2, 55, 223; id. Fam. 7, 22 med.; Quint. 10, 7, 32:

    id quod caput est,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 4; so id. Fam. 3, 7, 4.—Of money, the principal sum, the capital, stock (syn. sors;

    opp. usurae),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4, § 11; 2, 3, 35, § 80 sq.; id. Att. 15, 26, 4; Liv. 6, 15, 10; 6, 35, 4; Hor. S. 1, 2, 14 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > kaput

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy —     The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy     (1) Material Objects in Liturgical Use;     (2) Liturgical Forms connected with Them;     (3) Festivals Commemorative of the Holy Cross;… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Extremity Games — The Extremity Games is a multi sport, action sports competition, similar to the X Games, for athletes with amputations and limb differences. The Extremity Games was started by College Park Industries, a manufacturer of prosthetic feet, in the… …   Wikipedia

  • The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The View from the Mirror — is the first quartet in Ian Irvine s bestselling[1] The Three Worlds Cycle series. Contents 1 Titles 2 The Three Worlds Cycle 3 The Four Species …   Wikipedia

  • The Anchor (as Symbol) —     The Anchor (as Symbol)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Anchor (as Symbol)     The anchor, because of the great importance in navigation, was regarded in ancient times as a symbol of safety. The Christians, therefore, in adopting the anchor… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Exact sciences (The) in Hellenistic times: texts and issues — The exact sciences in Hellenistic times: Texts and issues1 Alan C.Bowen Modern scholars often rely on the history of Greco Latin science2 as a backdrop and support for interpreting past philosophical thought. Their warrant is the practice… …   History of philosophy

  • extremity — Synonyms and related words: Thule, Ultima Thule, abandon, abstract, aching heart, acme, acuteness, agony, agony of mind, all, anguish, animality, apex, apogee, arch, arms, atrocity, bale, barbarity, bitter end, bitterness, bleeding heart, blind… …   Moby Thesaurus

  • Psychology (The separation of) from philosophy — The separation of psychology from philosophy Studies in the sciences of mind 1815–1879 Edward S.Reed THE IMPOSSIBLE SCIENCE Traditional metaphysics The consensus of European opinion during and immediately after the Napoleonic era was that… …   History of philosophy

  • The forks of a river — Fork Fork (f[^o]rk), n. [AS. forc, fr. L. furca. Cf. {Fourch[ e]}, {Furcate}.] 1. An instrument consisting of a handle with a shank terminating in two or more prongs or tines, which are usually of metal, parallel and slightly curved; used for… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • The forks of a road — Fork Fork (f[^o]rk), n. [AS. forc, fr. L. furca. Cf. {Fourch[ e]}, {Furcate}.] 1. An instrument consisting of a handle with a shank terminating in two or more prongs or tines, which are usually of metal, parallel and slightly curved; used for… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Timeline of the Toledo Strip/War — The following is timeline of events surrounding the Toledo War, a mostly bloodless conflict between the U.S. state of Ohio and the Michigan Territory in the early 19th century over an area of land known as the Toledo Strip, which includes the… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»